kia, the company · kia, the company thank you for ... your dealer has factory-trained...

kia, the company

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, valuefor money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with acustomer service experience that exceeds your expectations.

All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at thetime of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changesat any time so that our policy of continual product improvement canbe carried out.

This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions andexplanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result,you may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable toyour specific Kia vehicle.

Drive safely and enjoy your Kia!

i

Thank you for choosing a KIA vehicle.When you require service, remember that your KIA Dealerknows your vehicle best. Your dealer has factory-trained tech-nicians, recommended special tools, genuine KIA replacementparts and is dedicated to your complete satisfaction.Because subsequent owners require this important informationas well, this publication should remain with the vehicle if it issold.This manual will familiarize you with operational, mainte-nance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is sup-plemented by a Warranty and Consumer Information manualthat provides important information on all warranties regardingyour vehicle.We urge you to read these publications carefully and follow therecommendations to help assure enjoyable and safe operationof your new vehicle.KIA offers a great variety of options, components and featuresfor its various models. Therefore, some of the equipmentdescribed in this manual, along with the various illustrations,may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.

The information and specifications provided in this manualwere accurate at the time of printing. KIA reserves the right todiscontinue or change specifications or design at any timewithout notice and without incurring any obligation. If youhave questions, always check with your KIA dealer.We assure you of our continuing interest in your motoringpleasure and satisfaction in your KIA vehicle.

© 2011 Kia Canada Inc.All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic ormechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by anyinformation storage and retrieval system or translation inwhole or part is not permitted without written authorizationfrom Kia Canada Inc..Printed in Korea

Foreword

ii

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Introduction

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety features of your vehicle

Features of your vehicle

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

table of contents

IIndex

Index

2I

Air cleaner ·····································································7-31Airbag-supplemental restraint system ···························3-35Appearance care·····························································7-59Audio system ·································································4-94Automatic climate control system ·································4-78Automatic transaxle ·······················································5-15Automatic transaxle fluid ··············································7-30

Battery············································································7-34Before driving ··································································5-3Brake system··································································5-23Brake/clutch fluid ··························································7-28Bulb wattage ····································································8-2

Child restraint system ····················································3-27Climate control air filter ················································7-32Cruise control system ····················································5-33

Defroster ········································································4-67Dimensions ······································································8-2Door locks······································································4-12

Economical operation ····················································5-37Emergency starting ··························································6-4Emission control system················································7-65Engine compartment ·················································2-4/7-2Engine coolant ·······························································7-25Engine number·································································8-7Engine oil·······································································7-24ENGINE START/STOP button ·······································5-6Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ···············7-21

Fuel filler lid ··································································4-25Fuel requirements ····························································1-3Fuses ··············································································7-50

Hazard warning flasher··················································4-58Hood···············································································4-23How to use this manual ···················································1-2

If the engine overheats·····················································6-6If the engine will not start ···············································6-3If you have a flat tire ·······················································6-7

A E

F

H

I

B

C

D

I 3

Index

In case of an emergency while driving····························6-2Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ···················1-5Instrument cluster ··························································4-39Instrument panel overview···············································2-3Interior features······························································4-96Interior light ···································································4-66Interior overview······························································2-2

Key positions ···································································5-4Keys ·················································································4-2

Lighting··········································································4-59

Maintenance schedule······················································7-6Maintenance services·······················································7-3Manual climate control system······································4-69Manual transaxle····························································5-12Mirrors ···········································································4-35

Owner maintenance ·························································7-4

Parking brake ·································································7-31Power steering fluid·······················································7-29

Rearview camera····························································4-58Recommended lubricants and capacities·························8-4Remote keyless entry·······················································4-8Road warning···································································6-2

Seat···················································································3-2Seat belts ········································································3-15Smart key ·········································································4-6Special driving conditions ·············································5-39Starting the engine ···························································5-9Steering wheel ·······························································4-32Storage compartment ·····················································4-88Sunroof···········································································4-28

Tire specification and pressure label ·······························8-7Tires and wheels······················································7-37/8-3Towing ···········································································6-15Trailer towing·································································5-45

K

L

M

O

P

R

S

T

Index

4I

Trunk··············································································4-16

Vehicle break-in process ··················································1-4Vehicle certification label ················································8-6Vehicle identification number (VIN)·······························8-6Vehicle load limit···························································5-46Vehicle weight ·······························································5-51

Washer fluid···································································7-30Windows ········································································4-20Windshield defrosting and defogging····························4-85Winter driving································································5-43Wiper blades ··································································7-32Wipers and washers ·······················································4-63

V

W

1How to use this manual / 1-2Fuel requirements / 1-3Vehicle break-in process / 1-4Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster / 1-5

Introduction

Introduction

21

A010000AAM

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from your vehi-cle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist youin many ways. We strongly recommendthat you read the entire manual. In orderto minimize the chance of death or injury,you must read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the words in thismanual to best explain how to enjoy yourvehicle. By reading your manual, you willlearn about features, important safetyinformation, and driving tips under vari-ous road conditions.

The general layout of the manual is pro-vided in the Table of Contents. Use theindex when looking for a specific area orsubject; it has an alphabetical listing of allinformation in your manual.Sections: This manual has eight sectionsplus an index. Each section begins with abrief list of contents so you can tell at aglance if that section has the informationyou want.

You will find various WARNINGs,CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this manu-al. These WARNINGs were prepared toenhance your personal safety.You shouldcarefully read and follow ALL proceduresand recommendations provided in theseWARNINGS, CAUTIONS and NOTICES.

✽✽ NOTICEA NOTICE indicates interesting or help-ful information is being provided.

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation inwhich harm, serious bodily injury ordeath could result if the warning isignored.

CAUTIONA CAUTION indicates a situation inwhich damage to your vehicle couldresult if the caution is ignored.

1 3

Introduction

A020101AHM-EU

Your new KIA vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having a pump octanenumber ((R+M)/2) of 87 (ResearchOctane Number 91) or higher.

Your new vehicle is designed to obtainmaximum performance with UNLEADEDFUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emis-sions and spark plug fouling.

A020103AUN-EU

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alcohol),and gasoline or gasohol containingmethanol (also known as wood alcohol)are being marketed along with or insteadof leaded or unleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing more than10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline orgasohol containing any methanol. Eitherof these fuels may cause drivability prob-lems and damage to the fuel system.Discontinue using gasohol of any kind ifdrivability problems occur.Vehicle damage or drivability problemsmay not be covered by the manufactur-er’s warranty if they result from the useof:1. Gasohol containing more than 10%

ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel com-prised of 85 percent ethanol and 15 per-cent gasoline, and is manufacturedexclusively for use in Flexible FuelVehicles. “E85” is not compatible withyour vehicle. Use of “E85” may result inpoor engine performance and damage toyour vehicle's engine and fuel system.KIA recommends that customers do notuse fuel with an ethanol content exceed-ing 10 percent.

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

CAUTIONNever add any fuel system cleaningagents to the fuel tank other thanwhat has been specified. (Consultan authorized KIA dealer fordetails.)

WARNING• Do not "top off" after the nozzle

automatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine light will illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.

CAUTIONNever use gasohol which containsmethanol. Discontinue use of anygasohol product which impairs dri-vability.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantydoes not cover damage to the fuelsystem or any performance prob-lems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.

Introduction

41

A020104AUN

Use of MTBEKIA recommends avoiding fuels contain-ing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether)over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7%weight) in your vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) mayreduce vehicle performance and producevapor lock or hard starting.

A020105AUN

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (wood alco-hol) should not be used in your vehicle.This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per-formance and damage components ofthe fuel system.

A020106AUN

Gasolines for cleaner airTo help contribute to cleaner air, KIA rec-ommends that you use gasolines treatedwith detergent additives, which help pre-vent deposit formation in the engine.These gasolines will help the engine runcleaner and enhance performance of theEmission Control System.

A020107AUN

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehicle inanother country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding reg-

istration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is avail-

able.

A030000AUN

No special break-in period is needed. Byfollowing a few simple precautions for thefirst 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add tothe performance, economy and life ofyour vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine speed

(rpm, or revolutions per minute)between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed for longperiods of time, either fast or slow.Varying engine speed is needed toproperly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emergen-cies, to allow the brakes to seat prop-erly.

• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3minutes at one time.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first 2,000km (1,200 miles) of operation.

CAUTIONYour New Vehicle Limited Warrantymay not cover damage to the fuelsystem and any performance prob-lems that are caused by the use offuels containing methanol or fuelscontaining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

1 5

Introduction

INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTERA050000ATD-EC

Seat belt warning light

High beam indicator

Turn signal indicator

ABS warning light

Parking brake & Brake fluidwarning light

Engine oil pressure warning light

Charging system warning light

ESC indicator*

ESC OFF indicator*

Malfunction indicator*

Air bag warning light*

Cruise indicator*

Cruise SET indicator*

Low fuel level warning light

❈ For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.

Door ajar warning light

Trunk lid (or tailgate) openwarning light

Front fog light indicator*

Engine coolant temperaturewarning light*

Electric power steering (EPS)system warning light*

Shift pattern indicator

* : if equipped

ECOMINDERTM indicator*ECO

Immobilizer indicator

2Interior overview / 2-2Instrument panel overview / 2-3Engine compartment / 2-4



22

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

B010000ATD-EU

1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-13

2. Outside rearview mirror control switch*...............................................4-37

3. Power window lock button* ...............4-21

4. Central door lock switch* ..................4-13

5. Power window switches*...................4-20

6. Instrument panel illumination controlknob*.................................................4-40

7. ESC OFF button*..............................5-28

8. Front wiper deicer button*.................4-68

9. Steering wheel tilt lever* ...................4-33

10. Hood release lever .........................4-23

11. Clutch pedal* ....................................5-9

12. Brake pedal.....................................5-23

13. Accelerator pedal..............................5-9

14. Trunk lid release lever (4 door, 2 door) ...............................4-16

15. Fuel filler lid release lever ...............4-25

* : if equipped

OTD019001N

2 3


INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

B020000ATD

OTDC019002N

1. Instrument cluster .............................4-39

2. Light control / Turn signals................4-59

3. Wiper/Washer ...................................4-63

4. Horn ..................................................4-34

5. Steering wheel audio control*...........4-95

6. Auto cruise control*...........................5-33

7. Driver’s air bag..................................3-47

8. Advanced lighting speaker switch* ...4-96

9. Steering wheel ..................................4-32

10. Ignition switch* or ENGINE START/STOP button*...5-4/5-6

11. Digital clock.....................................4-92

12. Hazard ......................................4-58/6-2

13. Audio* .............................................4-94

14. Climate control system ...................4-69

15. Shift lever................................5-12/5-15

16. Aux, USB and iPod port* ................4-97

17. Power outlet*...................................4-91

18. Seat warmer* ....................................3-7

19. Passenger’s air bag ........................3-47

20. Glove box........................................4-88

* : if equipped


42

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-26

2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-24

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir ..............7-28

4. Air cleaner.........................................7-31

5. Fuse box ...........................................7-50

6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-34

7. Negative battery terminal..................7-34

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-30

9. Radiator cap .....................................7-27

10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................7-24

11. Power steering fluid reservoir*........7-29

* : if equipped

OTD071055N-1B010000ATD

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

3

Seat / 3-2Seat belts / 3-15Child restraint system / 3-27Airbag-supplemental restraint system / 3-35



23

C010000ATD-EU

Driver’s seat(1) Seat adjustment, forward / backward(2) Seatback recliner(3) Seat adjustment, height*(4) Seat warmer switch*(5) Headrest adjustment

Front passenger’s seat(6) Seat adjustment, forward / backward(7) Seatback recliner(8) Seat warmer switch*(9) Walk-in seat (for 2door vehicle only)(10) Headrest adjustment

Rear seat(11) Armrest*(12) Headrest adjustment*(13) Seatback folding lever*

(for 4 door, 2 door vehicle only)(14) Seatback folding lever

(for 5 door vehicle only)

* : if equipped

SEAT

OTD031001N

3 3


WARNING - Driver’s seat• Never attempt to adjust the seat

while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident causing death, seri-ous injury, or property damage.

• Do not allow anything to interferewith the normal position of theseatback. Storing items against aseatback or in any other wayinterfering with proper locking ofa seatback could result in seriousor fatal injury in a sudden stop orcollision.

• Always drive and ride with yourseatback upright and the lap por-tion of the seat belt snug and lowacross the hips. This is the bestposition to protect you in case ofan accident.

• In order to avoid unnecessaryand perhaps severe air baginjuries, always sit as far back aspossible from the steering wheelwhile maintaining comfortablecontrol of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that your chest is at least250 mm (10 inches) away fromthe steering wheel.

WARNING - Uprightingseat

When you return the seatback to itsupright position, hold the seatbackand return it slowly and be surethere are no other occupantsaround the seat. If the seatback isreturned without being held andcontrolled, the back of the seatcould spring forward resulting inaccidental injury to a person struckby the seatback.

WARNING - Loose objectsLoose objects in the driver’s footarea could interfere with the opera-tion of the foot pedals, possiblycausing an accident. Do not placeanything under the front seats.

WARNING - Driver respon-sibility for front seat pas-senger

Riding in a vehicle with a front seat-back reclined could lead to seriousor fatal injury in an accident. If afront seat is reclined during anaccident, the occupant’s hips mayslide under the lap portion of theseat belt applying great force to theunprotected abdomen. TheProtection of your restraint system(seat belt and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Serious or fatal internal injuriescould result.The driver must advisethe front passenger to keep theseatback in an upright positionwhenever the vehicle is in motion.


43

Front seat adjustmentC010101AHM

Forward and backwardTo move the seat forward or backward:1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up

and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure the

seat is locked in place.Adjust the seat before driving, and makesure the seat is locked securely by tryingto move forward and backward withoutusing the lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

C010102AHM

Seatback angleTo recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback recline lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat and

adjust the seatback of the seat to theposition you desire.

3. Release the lever and make sure theseatback is locked in place. (The leverMUST return to its original position forthe seatback to lock.)

OTD039003OTD039002

WARNINGAfter adjusting the seat, alwayscheck that it is securely locked intoplace by attempting to move theseat forward or reverse withoutusing the lock release lever.Sudden or unexpected movementof the driver's seat could cause youto lose control of the vehicle result-ing in an accident.

3 5


C010103APB

Seat height (for driver’s seat) (if equipped)To change the height of the seat, movethe lever upwards or downwards.• To lower the seat cushion, push down

the lever several times.• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the

lever several times.

C010104BPB

HeadrestThe driver's and front passenger's seatsare equipped with a headrest for theoccupant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor the driver and front passenger, butalso helps protect the head and neck inthe event of a collision.

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also, adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to the occupants mayoccur in the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.

• Do not adjust the headrest heightwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OMG038400OTD039004


63

Forward and backward adjustment The headrest may be adjusted forward to3 different positions by pulling the head-rest forward to the desired detent. Toadjust the headrest to it’s furthest back-wards position, pull it fully forward to thefarthest position and release it. Adjust theheadrest so that it properly supports thehead and neck.

Adjusting the height up and downTo raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button (1)while pulling the headrest upward (2).

OTD039006OTD039005 OTD039007

3 7


ReinstallTo reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (2).Then adjust (1)it to the appropriate height.

Active headrest (if equipped)The active headrest is designed to moveforward and upward during a rear impact.This helps to prevent the driver's andfront passenger’s head from movingbackward and thus helps prevent neckinjuries.

C010107ATD

Seat warmer (if equipped)The seat warmers are provided to warmthe front seats during cold weather. Withthe ignition switch in the ON position,push either of the switches to warm thedriver's seat or the front passenger'sseat.During mild weather or under conditionswhere the operation of the seat warmeris not needed, keep the switches in theOFF position.

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OTD039008 HNF2041-1 OTD031009

WARNINGA gap between the seat and theheadrest release button mayappear when seating on the seat orwhen you push or pull the seat. Becareful not to get your finger, etc.caught in the gap.


83

✽✽ NOTICEWith the seat warmer switch in the ONposition, the heating system in the seatturns off or on automatically dependingon the seat temperature.

C010110ATD

Rear seat entry (for 2door vehicle only)The front passenger's seatback shouldbe tilted to enter the rear seat.

OTD039042N

CAUTION• When cleaning the seats, do not

use an organic solvent such asthinner, benzene, alcohol andgasoline. Doing so may damagethe surface of the heater or seats.

• To prevent overheating the seatwarmer, do not place anything onthe seats that insulates againstheat, such as blankets, cushionsor seat covers while the seatwarmer is in operation.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers. Damage to the seatwarming components could occur.

WARNING - Seat warmerburns

Passengers should use extremecaution when using seat warmersdue to the possibility of excessheating or burns. The seat warmermay cause burns even at low tem-peratures, especially if used forlong periods of time. In particular,the driver must exercise extremecare for the following types of pas-sengers:1. Infants, children, elderly or hand-

icapped persons, or hospital out-patients

2. Persons with sensitive skin orthose that burn easily

3. Fatigued individuals4. Intoxicated individuals5. Individuals taking medication

that can cause drowsiness orsleepiness (sleeping pills, coldtablets, etc.)

3 9


By pulling up the walk-in seat lever (2) onthe back of the front passenger’s seat-back, the seatback will tilt forward. Thenpush the seat forward to allow the occu-pants to enter.

By pulling up the seatback, the seatbackwill recline and return to the original posi-tion.

C010108ATD-EC

Seatback pocket (if equipped)The seatback pocket is provided on theback of the front passenger’s seatback.

Rear seat adjustmentC010307ATD

Folding the rear seat (if equipped)The rear seatbacks may be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

WARNING - Seatbackpocket

Do not put heavy or sharp objectsin the seatback pocket. In an acci-dent they could come loose fromthe pocket and injure vehicle occu-pants.

OMG039017WARNING

Never attempt to adjust the seatwhile the vehicle is moving or whenthe passenger's seat is occupied asthe seat may suddenly move andinjure the passenger.

WARNING The purpose of the fold-down rearseatbacks is to allow you to carrylonger objects that could not beaccommodated in the luggage area.Never allow passengers sit on topof the folded down seatback whilethe vehicle is moving. This is not aproper seating position and no seatbelts are available for use. Thiscould result in serious injury ordeath in case of an accident or sud-den stop. Objects carried on thefolded down seatback should notextend higher than the top of thefront seatbacks. Doing this couldallow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sud-den stops.


103

To fold the rear seatback :■■ 4 door, 2 door vehicle1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary slide thefront seat forward.

2. Lower the rear headrest to the lowestposition.

3. Open the trunk.

4. Pull out the lock release knob.5. Fold the seatback forward and down

firmly.

6. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place.

7. Return the rear seat belt to the properposition.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the seat belt locks after unfolding therear seatback, pull out the locked seatbelt, release it then pull it out again.

OHD036025

OHD036118

OHD036119

3 11


■■ 5 door vehicle1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Pull the cushion folding strap (1) andlift the front portion of the seat cushion.

3. Lift the rear portion of the seat cush-ion. Stand the rear seat cushion verti-cally.

4. Remove the headrest from the rearseatback.

5. Stow the headrest by inserting theheadrest poles into the holder on thebottom of the seat cushion.

6. Pull the lock release lever (red visible)and fold the rear seatback forward anddown firmly.

OTD031105

OTD031106

OFD037008

OTD031107

OTD031108


123

7. To use the rear seat, lift and push theseatback backward firmly until it clicksinto place. Make sure the seatback islocked in place (red invisible).

8. Reposition the headrest on the seat-back and adjust it to the desired posi-tion.

9. Return the seat cushion to the originalposition by pushing down the rear sideof the seat cushion first. Make sure theseat cushion is locked in place.

10. Return the rear seat belt to the prop-er position.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after beingfolded down:Be careful not to damage the seatbelt webbing or buckle. Do notallow the seat belt webbing orbuckle to get caught or pinched inthe rear seat. Ensure that the seat-back is completely locked into itsupright position by pushing on thetop of the seatback. Otherwise, inan accident or sudden stop, theseat could fold down and allowcargo to enter the passenger com-partment, which could result inserious injury or death.

CAUTION - Rear seat beltsWhen returning the rear seatbacksto the upright position, rememberto return the rear shoulder belts totheir proper position.

OFD037013

OTD031109

OTD031110

3 13


C010303APB

Headrest (if equipped)■ 4 door, 2 door vehicleThe rear seat(s) is equipped with head-rests in the outboard seating positions forthe occupant's safety and comfort.■ 5 door vehicleThe rear seat is equipped with headrestsin all the seating positions for the occu-pant's safety and comfort.The headrest not only provides comfortfor passengers, but also helps protect thehead and neck in the event of a collision.

WARNING • For maximum effectiveness in

case of an accident, the headrestshould be adjusted so the middleof the headrest is at the sameheight of the center of gravity ofan occupant's head. Generally,the center of gravity of most peo-ple's head is similar with theheight of the top of their eyes.Also adjust the headrest as closeto your head as possible. For thisreason, the use of a cushion thatholds the body away from theseatback is not recommended.

• Do not operate the vehicle withthe headrests removed as severeinjury to an occupant may occurin the event of an accident.Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injurieswhen properly adjusted.

WARNING - CargoCargo should always be secured toprevent it from being thrown aboutthe vehicle in a collision and caus-ing injury to the vehicle occupants.Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot be proper-ly secured and may hit the frontseat occupants in a frontal colli-sion.

WARNING - Cargo loadingMake sure the engine is off, theautomatic transaxle is in P (Park)or the manual transaxle is inReverse or 1st, and the parkingbrake is securely applied wheneverloading or unloading cargo. Failureto take these steps may allow thevehicle to move if the shift lever isinadvertently moved to anotherposition.


143

Adjusting the height up and down (if equipped)To raise the headrest, pull it up to thedesired position (1). To lower the head-rest, push and hold the release button (2)on the headrest support and lower theheadrest to the desired position (3).

RemovalTo remove the headrest, raise it as far asit can go then press the release button(1) while pulling the headrest upward (2).To reinstall the headrest, put the head-rest poles (3) into the holes while press-ing the release button (1). Then adjust itto the appropriate height.

C010304ATD

Armrest (if equipped)To use the armrest, pull it forward fromthe seatback.

OTD039010OMG039037

WARNINGMake sure the headrest locks inposition after adjusting it to proper-ly protect the occupants.

OMG035036

3 15


C020100AHM

Seat belt restraint system

SEAT BELTS

WARNING• For maximum restraint system

protection, the seat belts mustalways be used whenever thevehicle is moving.

• Seat belts are most effectivewhen seatbacks are in theupright position.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he/shemust be properly belted and theseat should be moved as far backas possible.

• Never wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback. An improperly positionedshoulder belt can cause seriousinjuries in a crash. The shoulderbelt should be positioned midwayover your shoulder across yourcollarbone.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.

A twisted belt can't do its job aswell. In a collision, it could evencut into you. Be sure the beltwebbing is straight and not twist-ed.

• Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. If the beltwebbing or hardware is dam-aged, replace it.

WARNINGSeat belts are designed to bearupon the bony structure of thebody, and should be worn lowacross the front of the pelvis or thepelvis, chest and shoulders, asapplicable; wearing the lap sectionof the belt across the abdominalarea must be avoided.Seat belts should be adjusted asfirmly as possible, consistent withcomfort, to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will greatly reduce theprotection afforded to the wearer.Care should be taken to avoid con-tamination of the webbing with pol-ishes, oils and chemicals, and par-ticularly battery acid. Cleaning maysafely be carried out using mildsoap and water. The belt should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated or damaged.

(Continued)


163

C020101ATD-EU

Seat belt warningAs a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON regardless of belt fastening.

If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is refastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill operate for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 seconds,the warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate for approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 5km/h (3 mph).

1GQA2083

(Continued)It is essential to replace the entireassembly after it has been worn ina severe impact even if damage tothe assembly is not obvious. Beltsshould not be worn with strapstwisted. Each belt assembly mustonly be used by one occupant; it isdangerous to put a belt around achild being carried on the occu-pant's lap.

WARNINGNo modifications or additionsshould be made by the user whichwill either prevent the seat beltadjusting devices from operating toremove slack, or prevent the seatbelt assembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

3 17


C020102ATD-EU

Seat belt - Driver's 3-point systemwith emergency locking retractorTo fasten your seat belt:To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab (1) intothe buckle (2). There will be an audible"click" when the tab locks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to theproper length only after the lap belt por-tion is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips. If you lean for-ward in a slow, easy motion, the belt willextend and let you move around. If thereis a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lockif you try to lean forward too quickly.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you are not able to pull out the seatbelt from the retractor, firmly pull thebelt out and release it. Then you will beable to pull the belt out smoothly.

Height adjustment (if equipped)You can adjust the height of the shoulderbelt anchor to one of the 4 positions formaximum comfort and safety.The height of the adjusting seat beltshould not be too close to your neck. Theshoulder portion should be adjusted sothat it lies across your chest and midwayover your shoulder near the door and notyour neck.To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the height adjusterinto an appropriate position.

B180A01NF

1

2

OMG035038


183

To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).To lower it, push it down (3) while press-ing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it has lockedinto position.

C020106AUN

Seat belts - Front passenger and rearseat 3-point system with combinationlocking retractorTo fasten your seat belt: Combination retractor type seat belts areinstalled in the rear seat positions to helpaccommodate the installation of childrestraint systems. Although a combina-tion retractor is also installed in the frontpassenger seat position, it is stronglyrecommended that children always beseated in the rear seat. NEVER placeany infant restraint system in the frontseat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the fea-tures of both an emergency lockingretractor seat belt and an automatic lock-ing retractor seat belt. To fasten your seatbelt, pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab into the buckle. There willbe an audible "click" when the tab locksinto the buckle. When not securing achild restraint, the seat belt operates inthe same way as the driver's seat belt(Emergency Locking Retractor Type). Itautomatically adjusts to the proper lengthonly after the lap belt portion of the seatbelt is adjusted manually so that it fitssnugly around your hips.

WARNING• Verify the shoulder belt anchor is

locked into position at the appro-priate height. Never position theshoulder belt across your neck orface. Improperly positioned seatbelts can cause serious injuriesin an accident.

• Failure to replace seat belts afteran accident could leave you withdamaged seat belts that will notprovide protection in the event ofanother collision leading to per-sonal injury or death. Replaceyour seat belts after being in anaccident as soon as possible.

B200A01NF

WARNINGYou should place the lap belt por-tion as low as possible and snuglyacross your hips, not on your waist.If the lap belt is located too high onyour waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of acollision. Both arms should not beunder or over the belt. Rather, oneshould be over and the other under,as shown in the illustration.Never wear the seat belt under thearm that is near the door.

3 19


When the seat belt is fully extended fromthe retractor to allow the installation of achild restraint system, the seat belt oper-ation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic LockingRetractor Type). Refer to “Using a childrestraint system” in this section.

✽✽ NOTICEAlthough the combination retractorprovides the same level of protection forseated passengers in either emergencyor automatic locking modes, it is recom-mended that seated passengers use theemergency locking feature for improvedconvenience. The automatic lockingfunction is intended to facilitate childrestraint installation. To convert fromthe automatic locking feature to theemergency locking operation mode,allow the unbuckled seat belt to fullyretract.

When using the rear center seat belt, thebuckle with the “CENTER” mark must beused. (if equipped)

OBH038023N

CAUTIONDo NOT fold down the left portion ofthe rear seat back when the rearcenter seat belt is buckled. ALWAYSUNBUCKLE the rear center seatbelt before folding down the leftportion of the rear seat back. If therear center seat belt is buckledwhen the left portion of the rearseat back is folded down, distortionand damage to the top portion ofthe seat back and seat belt garnishmay result, causing the seat back tolock into the folded down position.


203

To release the seat belt:The seat belt is released by pressing therelease button (1) of the locking buckle.When it is released, the belt should auto-matically draw back into the retractor.If this does not happen, check the belt tobe sure it is not twisted, then try again.

C020200ATD-EC

Pre-tensioner seat belt (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with driver's andfront passenger's pre-tensioner seatbelts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner isto make sure that the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in certainfrontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seatbelts may be activated in crashes, wherethe frontal collision is severe enough.

When the vehicle stops suddenly, or ifthe occupant tries to lean forward tooquickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. In certain frontal collisions,the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive seat belttension on the driver or passenger's seatbelt when the pre-tensioner activates, theload limiter inside the pre-tensioner willrelease some of the pressure on theaffected seat belt. (if equipped)OED030300B210A01NF-1

WARNING• Do not put anything near the

buckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle pre-tensioner and mayincrease the risk of personalinjury in the event of a collision.

• For your safety, be sure that thebelt webbing is not loose or twist-ed and always sit properly onyour seat.

3 21


The seat belt pre-tensioner system con-sists mainly of the following components.Their locations are shown in the illustra-tion:1. SRS air bag warning light2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly

(if equipped)

✽✽ NOTICE• Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal collisions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat belts areactivated, a loud noise may be heardand fine dust, which may appear to besmoke, may be visible in the passengercompartment. These are normal oper-ating conditions and are not haz-ardous.

• Although it is harmless, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be breathed for prolonged peri-ods. Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

WARNINGTo obtain maximum benefit from apre-tensioner seat belt:1. The seatbelt must be worn cor-

rectly and adjusted to the properposition. Please read and followall of the important informationand precautions about your vehi-cle’s occupant safety features –including seat belts and air bags– that are provided in this manu-al.

2. Be sure you and your passen-gers always wear seat belts prop-erly.

1KMB3311A


223

✽✽ NOTICEBecause the sensor that activates theSRS air bag is connected with the pre-tensioner seat belt, the SRS air bagwarning light ( ) on the instrumentpanel will illuminate for approximately6 seconds after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the ON position, andthen it should turn off.

CAUTIONIf the pre-tensioner seat belt doesnot work properly, this warning lightwill illuminate even if the SRS airbag has not malfunctioned. If theSRS air bag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition switchis turned ON, or if it remains illumi-nated after illuminating for approxi-mately 6 seconds, or if it illuminateswhile the vehicle is being driven,please have an authorized KIA deal-er inspect the pre-tensioner seatbelt or SRS air bag system as soonas possible.

WARNING• Pre-tensioners are designed to

operate only one time. After acti-vation, pre-tensioner seat beltsmust be replaced. All seat belts,of any type, should always bereplaced after they have beenworn during a collision.

• The pre-tensioner seat beltassembly mechanisms becomehot during activation. Do nottouch the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies for several minutesafter they have been activated.

• Do not attempt to inspect orreplace the pre-tensioner seatbelts yourself. This must be doneby an authorized KIA dealer.

• Do not strike the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies.

(Continued)

3 23


C020300AUN-EU

Seat belt precautionsC020306AUN

Infant or small childYou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Childand/or infant seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Formore information about the use of theserestraints, refer to “Child restraint sys-tem” in this section.

(Continued)• Do not attempt to service or

repair the pre-tensioner seat beltsystem in any manner.

• Do not put anything near thebuckle. Placing objects near thebuckle can adversely affect thebuckle pretensioner and mayincrease the risk of personalinjury in the event of a collision.

• Improper handling of the pre-ten-sioner seat belt assemblies, andfailure to heed the warnings notto strike, modify, inspect, replace,service or repair the pre-tension-er seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadver-tent activation and serious injury.

• Always wear the seat belts whendriving or riding in a motor vehi-cle.

• If the vehicle or pre-tensionerseat belt must be discarded, con-tact an authorized KIA dealer.

WARNINGAll occupants of the vehicle mustwear their seat belts at all times.Seat belts and child restraintsreduce the risk of serious or fatalinjuries for all occupants in theevent of a collision or sudden stop.Without a seat belt, occupantscould be shifted too close to adeploying air bag, strike the interiorstructure or be thrown from thevehicle. Properly worn seat beltsgreatly reduce these hazards.Even with advanced air bags,unbelted occupants can be severe-ly injured by a deploying air bag.Always follow the precautionsabout seat belts, air bags and occu-pant seat contained in this manual.

WARNINGEvery person in your vehicle needsto be properly restrained at alltimes, including infants and chil-dren. Never hold a child in yourarms or lap when riding in a vehi-cle. The violent forces created dur-ing a crash will tear the child fromyour arms and throw the childagainst the interior. Always use achild restraint appropriate for yourchild's height and weight.


243

✽✽ NOTICESmall children are best protected frominjury in an accident when properlyrestrained in the rear seat by a childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the safety standards of yourcountry. Before buying any childrestraint system, make sure that it has alabel certifying that it meets the safetystandards of your country. The restraintmust be appropriate for your child'sheight and weight. Check the label onthe child restraint for this information.Refer to “Child restraint system” in thissection.

C020301AHM

Larger childrenChildren who are too large for childrestraint systems should always occupythe rear seat and use the availablelap/shoulder belts. The lap portion shouldbe fastened and snugged on the hipsand as low as possible. Check if the beltfits periodically. A child's squirming couldput the belt out of position. Children aregiven the most safety in the event of anaccident when they are restrained by aproper restraint system in the rear seat. Ifa larger child (over age 12) must be seat-ed in the front seat, the child should besecurely restrained by the availablelap/shoulder belt and the seat should beplaced in the rearmost position. Childrenage 12 and under should be restrainedsecurely in the rear seat. NEVER place achild age 12 and under in the front seat.NEVER place a rear facing child seat inthe front seat of a vehicle.

If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch-es the child’s neck or face, try placing thechild closer to the center of the vehicle. Ifthe shoulder belt still touches their faceor neck they need to be returned to achild restraint system.

WARNING - Shoulder beltson small children

• Never allow a shoulder belt comein contact with a child’s neck orface while the vehicle is inmotion.

• If seat belts are not properly wornand adjusted on children, there isa risk of death or serious injury.

3 25


C020302AKM

Restraint of pregnant women Pregnant women should wear lap/shoul-der belt assemblies whenever possibleaccording to specific recommendationsby their doctors. The lap portion of thebelt should be worn AS SNUGLY ANDLOW AS POSSIBLE.

C020303AUN

Injured personA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.When this is necessary, you should con-sult a physician for recommendations.

C020304AUN

One person per beltTwo people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

C020305APB

Do not lie downTo reduce the chance of injuries in theevent of an accident and to achieve maxi-mum effectiveness of the restraint system,all passengers should be sitting up andthe front seats should be in an uprightposition when the vehicle is moving. Aseat belt cannot provide proper protectionif the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.

WARNINGRiding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of a col-lision or sudden stop. The protec-tion of your restraint system (seatbelts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seat.Seat belts must be snugged againstyour hips and chest to work proper-ly. The more the seatback isreclined, the greater the chancethat an occupant's hips will slideunder the lap belt causing seriousinternal injuries. Also, the shoulderbelt may strike the occupant'sneck. Drivers and passengersshould always sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and with theseatbacks upright.

WARNING - Pregnantwomen

Pregnant women must never placethe lap portion of the safety beltover the area of the abdomenwhere the fetus is located or abovethe abdomen where the belt couldcrush the fetus during an impact.


263

C020400AEN

Care of seat beltsSeat belt systems should never be disas-sembled or modified. In addition, careshould be taken to assure that seat beltsand belt hardware are not damaged byseat hinges, doors or other abuse.

C020401AEN

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspected peri-odically for wear or damage of any kind.Any damaged parts should be replacedas soon as possible.

C020402AUN

Keep belts clean and drySeat belts should be kept clean and dry.If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

C020403ASA

When to replace seat beltsThe entire in-use seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an accident.This should be done even if no damageis visible. Additional questions concern-ing seat belt operation should be directedto an authorized KIA dealer.

WARNING When you return the rear seatbackto its upright position after the rearseatback has been folded down, becareful not to damage the seat beltwebbing or buckle. Be sure that thewebbing or buckle does not getcaught or pinched in the rear seat.A seat belt with damaged webbingor buckle could fail during a colli-sion or sudden stop, resulting inserious injury. If the webbing orbuckles are damaged, get themreplaced immediately.

3 27


CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMC030000ATD-EC

Children riding in the car should sit in therear seat and must always be properlyrestrained to minimize the risk of injury inan accident, sudden stop or suddenmaneuver. According to accident statis-tics, children are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than in thefront seat. Larger children who are not ina child restraint should use one of theseat belts provided.You should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country. Child and/orinfant safety seats must be properlyplaced and installed in the rear seat. Youmust use a commercially available childrestraint system that meets the require-ments of the Safety Standards of yourcountry.Child restraint systems are designed to besecured in vehicle seats by seat belt, or bya tether anchor and/or LATCH anchors (ifequipped).

Children could be injured or killed in acrash if their restraints are not properlysecured. For small children and babies, achild seat or infant seat must be used.Before buying a particular child restraintsystem, make sure it fits your vehicleseat and seat belts, and fits your child.Follow all the instructions provided by themanufacturer when installing the childrestraint system.

WARNING• A child restraint system must be

placed in the rear seat. Neverinstall a child or infant seat on thefront passenger's seat. Should anaccident occur and cause thepassenger-side air bag to deploy,it could severely injure or kill aninfant or child seated in an infantor child seat. Thus only use achild restraint in the rear seat ofyour vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• A seat belt or child restraint sys-

tem can become very hot if it isleft in a closed vehicle on a sunnyday, even if the outside tempera-ture does not feel hot. Be sure tocheck the seat cover and bucklesbefore placing a child there.

• When the child restraint systemis not in use, store it in the lug-gage area or fasten it with a seatbelt so that it will not be thrownforward in case of a sudden stopor an accident.

• Children may be seriously injuredor killed by an inflating air bag.All children, even those too largefor child restraints, must ride inthe rear seat.


283

(Continued)• Never leave children unattended

in a vehicle – not even for a shorttime. The car can heat up veryquickly, resulting in seriousinjuries to children inside. Evenvery young children may inadver-tently cause the vehicle to move,entangle themselves in the win-dows, or lock themselves or oth-ers inside the vehicle.

• Never allow two children, or anytwo persons, to use the sameseat belt.

• Children often squirm and repo-sition themselves improperly.Never let a child ride with theshoulder belt under their arm orbehind their back. Always proper-ly position and secure children inrear seat.

• Never allow a child to stand-up orkneel on the seat or floorboard ofa moving vehicle. During a colli-sion or sudden stop, the childcan be violently thrown againstthe vehicles interior, resulting inserious injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never use an infant carrier or a

child safety seat that "hooks"over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate security in an acci-dent.

• Seat belts can become very hot,especially when the vehicle isparked in direct sunlight. Alwayscheck the seat belt bucklesbefore fastening them over achild.

WARNINGTo reduce the chance or serious orfatal injuries:• Children of all ages are safer

when restrained in the rear seat.A child riding in the front passen-ger seat can be forcefully struckby an inflating air bag resulting inserious or fatal injuries.

• Always follow the child restraintsystem manufacture’s instruc-tions for installation and use ofthe child restraint.

• Always make sure the child seatis secured properly in the vehicleand your child is securelyrestrained in the child seat.

• Never hold a child in your arms orlap when riding in a vehicle. Theviolent forces created during acrash will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe vehicle’s interior.

• Never put a seat belt over your-self and a child. During a crash,the belt could press deep into thechild causing serious internalinjuries.

(Continued)

3 29


C030100AHM-EU

Using a child restraint systemFor small children and babies, the use ofa child seat or infant seat is required.Thischild seat or infant seat should be ofappropriate size for the child and shouldbe installed in accordance with the man-ufacturer's instructions.For safety reasons, we recommend thatthe child restraint system be used in therear seats.

Since all passenger seat belts movefreely under normal conditions and onlylock under extreme or emergency condi-tions (emergency lock mode), you mustmanually change these seat belts to theauto lock mode to secure a childrestraint.

WARNING - Child seatinstallation

• A child can be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is notproperly restrained in the childrestraint. Before installing thechild restraint system, read theinstructions supplied by the childrestraint system manufacturer.

• If the seat belt does not operateas described in this section, havethe system checked immediatelyby your authorized KIA dealer.

• Failure to observe this manual'sinstructions regarding childrestraint system and the instruc-tions provided with the childrestraint system could increasethe chance and/or severity ofinjury in an accident.

WARNINGNever place a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passengerseat, because of the danger that aninflating passenger-side air bagcould impact the rear-facing childrestraint and kill the child.

CRS09

OTQ037038

Rearward-facing child restraint system

Forward-facing child restraint system


303

C030102AAM-EU

Placing a passenger seat belt intothe auto lock mode The auto lock mode will help prevent thenormal movement of the child in the vehi-cle from causing the seat belt to loosenand compromise the child restraint sys-tem. To secure a child restraint system,use the following procedure.

To install a child restraint system on theoutboard or center rear seats, do the fol-lowing:1. Place the child restraint system in the

seat and route the lap/shoulder beltaround or through the restraint, follow-ing the restraint manufacturer’sinstructions. Be sure the seat belt web-bing is not twisted.

2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch intothe buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”sound.

Position the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seatbelt all the way out. When the shoulderportion of the seat belt is fully extend-ed, it will shift the retractor to the “AutoLock” (child restraint) mode.

E2MS103005 OEN036101 OEN036102

3 31


4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion ofthe seat belt to retract and listen for anaudible “clicking” or “ratcheting” sound.This indicates that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode. If no distinctsound is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.

5. Remove as much slack from the beltas possible by pushing down on thechild restraint system while feeding theshoulder belt back into the retractor.

6. Push and pull on the child restraintsystem to confirm that the seat belt isholding it firmly in place. If it is not,release the seat belt and repeat steps2 through 6.

7. Double check that the retractor is inthe “Auto Lock” mode by attempting topull more of the seat belt out of theretractor. If you cannot, the retractor isin the “Auto Lock” mode.

To remove the child restraint, press therelease button on the buckle and thenpull the lap/shoulder belt out of therestraint and allow the seat belt to retractfully.

When the seat belt is allowed toretract to its fully stowed position, theretractor will automatically switchfrom the “Auto Lock” mode to theemergency lock mode for normaladult usage.

OEN036104OEN036103

WARNING - Auto lockmode

The lap/shoulder belt automaticallyreturns to the “emergency lockmode” whenever the belt is allowedto retract fully. Therefore, the pre-ceding seven steps must be fol-lowed each time a child restraint isinstalled.If the retractor is not in theAutomatic Locking mode, the childrestraint can move when your vehi-cle turns or stops suddenly. A childcan be seriously injured or killed ifthe child restraint is not properlyanchored to the car, including set-ting the retractor to the AutomaticLocking mode.


323

C030103ATD

Securing a child restraint seat withtether anchorage system (if equipped) Child restraint hook holders are locatedon the shelf behind the rear seats.

1. Route the child restraint seat strapover the seatback.For vehicles with adjustable headrest,route the tether strap under the head-rest and between the headrest posts,otherwise route the tether strap overthe top of the seatback.

2. Connect the tether strap hook to theappropriate child restraint hook holderand tighten to secure the child restraintseat.

OTD039033L

OTD039032L

WARNING - Tether strapNever mount more than one childrestraint to a single tether or to asingle lower anchorage point. Theincreased load caused by multipleseats may cause the tethers oranchorage points to break, causingserious injury or death.

WARNINGA child can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the childrestraint is not properly anchoredto the car and the child is not prop-erly restrained in the child restraint.Always follow the child seat manu-facturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

Tether Anchor Cover Child Restraint HookHolder

Child Restraint Hook Holders

Tether Strap Hook

Front of Vehicle

3 33


C030104AHM-EU

Securing a child restraint seat withchild seat lower anchor systemSome child seat manufacturers makechild restraint seats that are labeled asLATCH or LATCH-compatible childrestraint seats. LATCH stands for "LowerAnchors and Tethers for Children". Theseseats include two rigid or webbingmounted attachments that connect totwo LATCH anchors at specific seatingpositions in your vehicle. This type ofchild restraint seat eliminates the need touse seat belts to attach the child seat inthe rear seats.

Child restraint symbols are located onthe left and right rear seat backs to indi-cate the position of the lower anchors forchild restraints.

WARNING - Child restraintcheck

Check that the child restraint sys-tem is secure by pushing andpulling it in different directions.Incorrectly fitted child restraintsmay swing, twist, tip or separatecausing death or serious injury.

WARNING - Child restraint anchorage

• Child restraint anchorages aredesigned to withstand only thoseloads imposed by correctly fittedchild restraints. Under no circum-stances are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses orfor attaching other items orequipment to the vehicle.

• The tether strap may not workproperly if attached somewhereother than the correct tetheranchor.

B230D01NF OTD039038N

Lower AnchorPosition Indicator

Lower Anchor


343

LATCH anchors have been provided inyour vehicle. The LATCH anchors arelocated in the left and right outboard rearseating positions. Their locations areshown in the illustration. There is noLATCH anchor provided for the centerrear seating position.The LATCH anchors are located betweenthe seatback and the seat cushion of therear seat left and right outboard seatingpositions.Follow the child seat manufacturer’sinstructions to properly install childrestraint seats with LATCH or LATCH-compatible attachments.Once you have installed the LATCH childrestraint, assure that the seat is properlyattached to the LATCH and tetheranchors.

Also, test the child restraint seat beforeyou place the child in it. Tilt the seat fromside to side. Also try to tug the seat for-ward. Check to see if the anchors holdthe seat in place.

WARNINGIf the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child beingseriously injured or killed in a colli-sion greatly increases.

WARNING - LATCH loweranchors

LATCH lower anchors are only tobe used with the left and right rearoutboard seating positions. Neverattempt to attach a LATCHequipped seat in the center seatingposition. You may damage theanchors or the anchors may failand break in a collision.

CAUTIONDo not allow the rear seat belt web-bing to get scratched or pinched bythe child-seat latch and LATCHanchor during installation.

WARNINGWhen using the vehicle's "LATCH"system to install a child restraintsystem in the rear seat, all unusedvehicle rear seat belt metal latchplates or tabs must be latchedsecurely in their seat belt bucklesand the seat belt webbing must beretracted behind the child restraintto prevent the child from reachingand taking hold of unretracted seatbelts. Unlatched metal latch platesor tabs may allow the child to reachthe unretracted seat belts whichmay result in strangulation and aserious injury or death to the childin the child restraint.

WARNINGInstall the child restraint seat fullyrearward against the seatback withthe seatback reclined two positionsfrom the most upright latched posi-tion.

OTD039037N

3 35


C040000AUN-C1

(1) Driver’s front air bag(2) Passenger’s front air bag(3) Side impact air bag*(4) Curtain air bag** : if equipped

AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

OMG039025

* The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

WARNINGEven in vehicles with air bags, youand your passengers must alwayswear the safety belts provided inorder to minimize the risk andseverity of injury in the event of acollision or rollover.


363

C040900ATD

How does the air bag systemoperate • Air bags are activated (able to inflate if

necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON or STARTposition.

• Air bags inflate instantly in the event ofserious frontal or side collision (ifequipped with side air bag or curtainair bag) in order to help protect theoccupants from serious physical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bags are designed toinflate based upon the severity of a col-lision and its direction. These two fac-tors determine whether the sensorsproduce an electronic deployment/inflation signal.

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of complex factors includingvehicle speed, angles of impact andthe density and stiffness of the vehi-cles or objects which your vehicle hitsin the collision. The determining, fac-tors are not limited to those mentionedabove.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant.

It is virtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an accident.It is much more likely that you will sim-ply see the deflated air bags hangingout of their storage compartments afterthe collision.

• In order to help provide protection in asevere collision, the air bags mustinflate rapidly. The speed of air baginflation is a consequence of extremelyshort time in which a collision occursand the need to get the air bagbetween the occupant and the vehiclestructures before the occupant impactsthose structures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries in a severe collisionand is thus a necessary part of air bagdesign.However, air bag inflation can alsocause injuries which can include facialabrasions, bruises and broken bonesbecause the inflation speed also caus-es the air bags to expand with a greatdeal of force.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the steer-ing wheel air bag can cause fatalinjuries, especially if the occupantis positioned excessively close tothe steering wheel.

WARNING• To avoid severe personal injury

or death caused by deploying airbags in a collision, the drivershould sit as far back from thesteering wheel air bag as possi-ble (at least 250 mm (10 inches)away). The front passengershould always move their seat asfar back as possible and sit backin their seat.

• Air bags inflate instantly in anevent of a collision, passengersmay be injured by the air bagexpansion force if they are not ina proper position.

• Air bag inflation may causeinjuries including facial or bodilyabrasions, injuries from brokenglasses or burns.

3 37


C040902APB

Noise and smokeWhen the air bags inflate, they make aloud noise and they leave smoke andpowder in the air inside of the vehicle.This is normal and is a result of the igni-tion of the air bag inflator. After the airbag inflates, you may feel substantial dis-comfort in breathing due to the contact ofyour chest to both the seat belt and theair bag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. Open your doorsand/or windows as soon as possibleafter the impact in order to reduce dis-comfort and prevent prolonged expo-sure to smoke and powder.Though smoke and powder are non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the skin(eyes, nose and throat etc). If this is thecase, wash and rinse with the cold waterimmediately and consult the doctor if thesymptom persists.

C040903AUN

Installing a child restraint on a frontpassenger’s seat is forbiddenNever place a rear-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat. If the airbag deploys, it would impact the rear-fac-ing child restraint, causing serious orfatal injury.In addition, do not place front-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’s seateither. If the front passenger air baginflates, it would cause serious or fatalinjuries to the child.

1JBH3051

WARNINGWhen the air bags deploy, the airbag related parts in the steeringwheel and/or instrument paneland/or in both sides of the roof railsabove the front and rear doors arevery hot. To prevent injury, do nottouch the air bag storage area’sinternal components immediatelyafter an air bag has inflated.


383

C041000AEN

Air bag warning lightThe purpose of the air bag warning lightin your instrument panel is to alert you ofa potential problem with your air bag -Supplemental Restraint System (SRS).When the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light should illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds, then go off.Have the system checked if:• The light does not turn on briefly when

you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminating for

approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the vehicle is

in motion.

C040100BTD-EU

SRS components and functionsThe SRS consists of the following com-ponents:1. Driver's front air bag module2. Passenger's front air bag module3. Side impact air bag modules*4. Curtain air bag modules*5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies*6. Anchor pre-tensioner assemblies*7. Air bag warning light8. SRS control module (SRSCM)9. Front impact sensors10. Side impact sensors*11. PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-

cator (Front passenger’s seat only)12. Occupant detection system

(Front passenger’s seat only)

WARNING• Extreme Hazard! Do not use a

rearward facing child restraint ona seat protected by an air bag infront of it!

• Never put a child restraint in thefront passenger’s seat. If the frontpassenger air bag inflates, it cancause serious or fatal injuries.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats of a vehicleequipped with side and/or curtainair bags, be sure to install thechild restraint system as far awayfrom the door side as possible,and securely lock the childrestraint system in position.Inflation of side and/or curtain airbags could cause serious injuryor death to an infant or child.

W7-147 OTD030040N

3 39


13. Driver’s and front passenger’s seatbelt buckle sensors

*: if equipped

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to require airbag deployment or pre-tensioner seatbelt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminate for about6 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, after which theair bag warning light should go out.

The air bag modules are located both inthe center of the steering wheel and inthe front passenger's panel above theglove box. When the SRSCM detects asufficiently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automatically deploythe front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams moldeddirectly into the pad covers will separateunder pressure from the expansion of theair bags. Further opening of the coversthen allows full inflation of the air bags.

B240B01L

Driver’s front air bag (1)

B240B02L


WARNING If any of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionof the SRS. Have an authorized KIAdealer inspect the air bag systemas soon as possible.• The light does not turn on briefly

when you turn the ignition ON.• The light stays on after illuminat-

ing for approximately 6 seconds.• The light comes on while the

vehicle is in motion.


403

B240B05L

Passenger’s front air bag

A fully inflated air bag, in combinationwith a properly worn seat belt, slows thedriver's or the passenger's forwardmotion, reducing the risk of head andchest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enabling thedriver to maintain forward visibility andthe ability to steer or operate other con-trols.

B240B03L


WARNING • Do not install or place any acces-

sories (drink holder, cassetteholder, sticker, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box in a vehicle with a pas-senger's air bag. Such objectsmay become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When installing a container of liq-

uid air freshener inside the vehi-cle, do not place it near theinstrument cluster nor on theinstrument panel surface.It may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if the pas-senger's air bag inflates.

3 41


C040300ATD

Occupant detection systemYour vehicle is equipped with an occu-pant detection system in the front pas-senger's seat.The occupant detection system isdesigned to detect the presence of aproperly-seated front passenger anddetermine if the passenger's front air bagshould be enabled (may inflate) or not.The driver's front air bag is not affectedor controlled by the occupant detectionsystem.

(Continued)• The SRS can function only when

the ignition key is in the ON posi-tion. If the SRS air bag warninglight does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on after illumi-nating for about 6 seconds whenthe ignition switch is turned tothe ON position, or after theengine is started, comes on whiledriving, the SRS is not workingproperly. If this occurs, have yourvehicle immediately inspected byan authorized KIA dealer.

• Before you replace a fuse or dis-connect a battery terminal, turnthe ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignitionkey. Never remove or replace theair bag related fuse(s) when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion. Failure to heed this warningwill cause the SRS air bag warn-ing light to illuminate.

WARNING• If an air bag deploys, there may

be a loud noise followed by a finedust released in the vehicle.These conditions are normal andare not hazardous - the air bagsare packed in this fine powder.The dust generated during airbag deployment may cause skinor eye irritation as well as aggra-vate asthma for some persons.Always wash all exposed skinareas thoroughly with lukewarmwater and a mild soap after anaccident in which the air bagswere deployed.

(Continued)

OTD031041N


423

Main components of occupant detec-tion system• A detection device located within the

front passenger seat track.• Electronic system to determine

whether passenger air bag systemsshould be activated or deactivated.

• A indicator light located on the instru-ment panel which illuminates thewords PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicating the front passenger air bagsystem is deactivated.

• The instrument panel air bag warninglight is interconnected with the occu-pant detection system.

If the front passenger seat is occupied bya person that the system determines tobe of adult size, and he/she sits properly(sitting upright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on the seatcushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on thefloor), the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator will turn off and the front pas-senger's air bag will be able to inflate, ifnecessary, in frontal crashes.You will find the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator on the center facia panel.This system detects the conditions 1~4in the following table and activates ordeactivates the front passenger air bagbased on these conditions.

Always be sure that you and all vehicleoccupants are seated and restrainedproperly (sitting upright with the seat inan upright position, centered on the seatcushion, with the person’s legs comfort-ably extended, feet on the floor, andwearing the safety belt properly) for themost effective protection by the air bagand the safety belt.

• The ODS (Occupant Detection System)may not function properly if the passen-ger takes actions which can defeat thedetection system. These include:

(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.(2) Leaning against the door or center

console.(3) Sitting towards the sides or the front

of the seat.(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or rest-

ing them on other locations whichreduce the passenger weight on thefront seat.

(5) Improperly wearing the safety belt.(6) Reclining the seat back.

3 43


WARNINGRiding in an improper position orplacing weight on the front passen-ger's seat when it is unoccupied bya passenger adversely affects theoccupant detection system (ODS).

(Continued)

C040301ATD

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant detection system

*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits inthe front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child dependingon his/her physique and posture.

*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a smaller child thanthe same age sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/heras an infant depending on his/her physique or posture.

*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.*4) The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above

12 months to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the frontpassenger seat. This is a normal condition.

Condition detected by the occupantdetection system

1. Adult *1 or child age 13 and up*2

2. Infant or child restraint system

with 12 months old*3 *4

3. Unoccupied

4. Malfunction in the system

Off

On

On

Off

Off

Off

Off

On

Activated

Deactivated

Deactivated

Activated

PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indica-

tor light

SRS warninglight

Front passengerair bag

Indicator/Warning light Devices


443

1KMN3663

1KMN3664

1KMN3665

- Never sit with the hips shiftedtowards the front of the seat.

- Never lean on the door or centerconsole.

- Never sit on one side of the frontpassenger seat.

- Never place the feet on the dash-board.

B990A08O

1KMN3662

- Never put a heavy load in thefront passenger seat.

- Never excessively recline thefront passenger seatback.

OVQ036014N

- Never place the feet on the frontpassenger seatback.

(Continued)

3 45


When an adult is seated in the front pas-senger seat, if the PASSENGER AIRBAG “OFF” indicator is on, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position and askthe passenger to sit properly (sittingupright with the seat back in an uprightposition, centered on the seat cushionwith their seat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on the floor).Restart the engine and have the personremain in that position. This will allow thesystem to detect the person and toenable the passenger air bag.

If the PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indi-cator is still on, ask the passenger tomove to the rear seat.

✽✽ NOTICEThe PASSENGER AIR BAG “OFF”indicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position or after the engine isstarted. If the front passenger seat isoccupied, the occupant detection sensorwill then classify the front passengerafter several more seconds.

B990A01O

WARNINGDo not allow an adult passenger toride in the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indicatoris illuminated, because the air bagwill not deploy in the event of acrash. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator remains illuminat-ed after the passenger repositionsthemselves properly and the car isrestarted, it is recommended thatpassenger move to the rear seatbecause the passenger's front airbag will not deploy.Front seat passengers must stayproperly seated to avoid seriousinjury from a deploying air bag.

WARNINGDo not put a heavy load in the frontpassenger seat. Do not place anyitems under the front passengerseat. Any of these could interferewith proper sensor operation.


463

(Continued)• Air bags can only be used once –

have an authorized KIA dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• A smaller-stature adult who is notseated correctly (for example:seat excessively reclined, leaningon the door or center console, orhips shifted forward in the seat)can cause a condition where theadvanced frontal air bag systemsenses less weight than if theoccupant were seated properly(sitting upright with the seatbackin an upright position, centeredon the seat cushion with theirseat belt on, legs comfortablyextended and their feet on thefloor).This condition can result in anadult potentially being misclassi-fied and illumination of the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor.

(Continued)• If you change the weight on the

front passenger seat, the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor may turn on or off for a fewseconds, disabling or enablingthe passenger air bag.

• Do not modify or replace the frontpassenger seat. Don't place any-thing on or attach anything suchas a blanket or after market seatheater to the front passengerseat.This can adversely affect theoccupant detection system.

• Do not sit on sharp objects suchas tools when occupying the frontpassenger seat.This can adverse-ly affect the occupant detectionsystem.

• Do not use accessory seat coverson the front seats.

• Accident statistics show that chil-dren are safer if they arerestrained in the rear, as opposedto the front seat. It is recommend-ed that child restraints be securedin a rear seat, including an infantriding in a rear-facing infant seat,a child riding in a forward-facingchild seat and an older child rid-ing in a booster seat.

(Continued)

WARNING• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, never install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger's seat. A deploying airbag can forcefully strike a childresulting in serious injuries ordeath. Any child age 12 andunder should ride in the rear seat.Children too large for childrestraints should use the avail-able lap/shoulder belts. No mat-ter what type of crash, children ofall ages are safer when restrainedin the rear seat.

• If the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator is illuminatedwhen the front passenger's seatis occupied by an adult andhe/she sits properly (sittingupright with the seatback in anupright position, centered on theseat cushion with their seat belton, legs comfortably extendedand their feet on the floor), havethat person sit in the rear seat.

(Continued)

3 47


C040400AAM-EU

Driver's and passenger's front airbagYour vehicle is equipped with anAdvanced Supplemental Restraint (AirBag) System and lap/shoulder belts atboth the driver and passenger seatingposition.

The indications of the system's presenceare the letters "AIR BAG" embossed onthe air bag pad cover in the steeringwheel and the passenger's side frontpanel pad above the glove box.

The SRS consists of air bags installedunder the pad covers in the center of thesteering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel above the glove box.The purpose of the SRS is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt system alone incase of a frontal impact of sufficientseverity. The SRS uses sensors to gath-er information about the driver's seatposition, the driver's and front passen-ger's seat belt usage and impact severi-ty.

WARNINGIf the occupant detection system isnot working properly, the SRS airbag warning light on the instru-ment panel will illuminate becausethe passenger's front air bag isconnected with the occupantdetection system. If there is a mal-function of the occupant detectionsystem, the PASSENGER AIR BAG“OFF” indicator will not illuminateand the passenger's front air bagwill inflate in frontal impact crasheseven if there is no occupant in thefront passenger's seat. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, remainsilluminated after approximately 6seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKIA dealer inspect the occupantdetection system and the SRS airbag system as soon as possible.

OTD039020

OTD039021

Driver’s front air bag

Passenger’s front air bag


483

The driver's seat track position sensor (ifequipped), which is installed on the seattrack, determine if the seat is fore or aftof a reference position. The seat beltbuckle sensors determine if the driverand front passenger's seat belts are fas-tened.

These sensors provide the ability to con-trol the SRS deployment based on howclose the driver's seat is to the steeringwheel, whether or not the seat belts arefastened, and how severe the impact is.

The advanced SRS offers the ability tocontrol the air bag inflation with two lev-els. A first stage level is provided for mod-erate-severity impacts. A second stagelevel is provided for more severe impacts.

The passenger’s front air bag is designedto help reduce the injury of children sit-ting close to the instrument panel in lowspeed collisions. However, children aresafer if they are restraint in the rear seat.

According to the impact severity, seatingposition and seat belt usage, the SRSCM(SRS Control Module) controls the airbag inflation. Failure to properly wearseat belts can increase the risk or sever-ity of injury in an accident.

Additionally, your vehicle is equippedwith an occupant detection system in thefront passenger's seat. The occupantdetection system detects the presence ofa passenger in the front passenger's seatand will turn off the front passenger's airbag under certain conditions. For moredetail, see "Occupant detection system"in this section.

WARNINGIf a seat track position sensor (ifequipped) or an occupant detectionsystem is not working properly, theSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument panel will illuminatebecause the SRS air bag warninglight is connected with the seattrack position sensor and the occu-pant detection system. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illu-minate when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, remainsilluminated after approximately 6seconds when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, or if itilluminates while the vehicle isbeing driven, have an authorizedKIA dealer inspect the advancedSRS air bag system as soon aspossible.

WARNING• Modification to the seat structure

can adversely affect the seattrack position sensor (ifequipped) and cause the air bagto deploy at a different level thanshould be provided.

• Do not place any objects under-neath the front seats as theycould damage the seat trackposition sensor or interfere withthe occupant detection system.

• Do not place any objects that maycause magnetic fields near thefront seat. These may cause amalfunction of the seat trackposition sensor.

3 49


✽✽ NOTICE• Be sure to read information about the

SRS on the labels provided on the sunvisor.

• Advanced air bags are combined withpre-tensioner seat belts to help provideenhanced occupant protection infrontal crashes. Front air bags are notintended to deploy in collisions in whichsufficient protection can be provided bythe pre-tensioner seat belt alone.

WARNINGManufacturers are required by gov-ernment regulations to provide acontact point concerning modifica-tions to the vehicle for persons withdisabilities, which modificationsmay affect the vehicle’s advancedair bag system. However, KIA doesnot endorse nor will it support anychanges to any part or structure ofthe vehicle that could affect theadvanced air bag system, includingthe occupant detection system.Specifically, the front passengerseat, dashboard or door should notbe replaced except by an author-ized KIA dealer using original KIAparts designed for this vehicle andmodel. Any other such replacementor modification could adverselyaffect the operation of the occupantdetection system and youradvanced air bags. For the samereason, do not attach anything tothe seat, dashboard or door, eventemporarily. If the system isadversely affected, it could causesevere personal injuries or death ina collision.

(Continued)• Never place a child in any child or

booster seat in the front seat.• ABC – Always Buckle Children in

the back seat. It is the safestplace for children of any age toride.

• Front and side air bags can injureoccupants improperly positionedin the front seats.

• Move your seat as far back aspractical from the front air bags,while still maintaining control ofthe vehicle.

• You and your passengers shouldnever sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags. Improperlypositioned drivers and passen-gers can be severely injured byinflating air bags.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console – always sit in anupright position.

• Do not allow a passenger to ridein the front seat when the PAS-SENGER AIR BAG “OFF” indica-tor is illuminated, because the airbag will not deploy in the event ofa moderate or severe frontalcrash.

(Continued)

WARNINGAlways use seat belts and childrestraints – every trip, every time,everyone! Air bags inflate with con-siderable force and in the blink ofan eye. Seat belts help keep occu-pants in proper position to obtainmaximum benefit from the air bag.Even with advanced air bags,improperly and unbelted occupantscan be severely injured when theair bag inflates. Always follow theprecautions about seat belts, airbags and occupant safety con-tained in this manual.To reduce the chance of serious orfatal injuries and receive the maxi-mum safety benefit from yourrestraint system:

(Continued)


503

(Continued)• No objects should be placed over

or near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to deploy.

• Never place covers, blankets oraftermarket seat warmers on thepassenger seat as these mayinterfere with the occupant detec-tion system.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental deployment of the air bagsor by rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the SRS air bag warning light

remains illuminated while thevehicle is being driven, have anauthorized KIA dealer inspect theair bag system as soon as possi-ble.

• Air bags can only be used once –have an authorized KIA dealerreplace the air bag immediatelyafter deployment.

• The SRS is designed to deploythe front air bags only when animpact is sufficiently severe andwhen the impact angle is lessthan 30° from the forward longitu-dinal axis of the vehicle.Additionally, the air bags will onlydeploy once. Seat belts must beworn at all times.

• Front air bags are not intended todeploy in side-impact, rear-impact or rollover crashes. Inaddition, front air bags will notdeploy in frontal crashes belowthe deployment threshold.

(Continued)

1JBB3520

1JBA3514

1JBA3522

Side impact

Rear impact

Rollover

3 51


C040600ATD-EC

Side impact air bag (if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a sideimpact air bag in each front seat. Thepurpose of the air bag is to provide thevehicle's driver and/or the front passen-ger with additional protection than thatoffered by the seat belt alone.

(Continued)• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can result in serious or fatalinjury in a crash. All occupantsshould sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withtheir seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and their feet onthe floor until the vehicle isparked and the ignition key isremoved.

• The SRS air bag system mustdeploy very rapidly to provideprotection in a crash. If an occu-pant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatalinjuries.

(Continued)• Even though your vehicle is

equipped with the occupantdetection system, do not install achild restraint system in the frontpassenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never beplaced in the front seat.The infantor child could be severely injuredor killed by an air bag deploymentin case of an accident.

• Children age 12 and under mustalways be properly restrained inthe rear seat. Never allow chil-dren to ride in the front passen-ger seat. If a child over 12 mustbe seated in the front seat, he orshe must be properly belted andthe seat should be moved as farback as possible.

• For maximum safety protection inall types of crashes, all occu-pants including the driver shouldalways wear their seat beltswhether or not an air bag is alsoprovided at their seating positionto minimize the risk of severeinjury or death in the event of acrash. Do not sit or lean unneces-sarily close to the air bag whilethe vehicle is in motion.

(Continued)

OTD039022

1LDA2056


523

The side impact air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side-impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and point of impact. Theside air bags are not designed to deployin all side impact situations.

(Continued)• Do not use any accessory seat

covers.• Use of seat covers could reduce

or prevent the effectiveness ofthe system.

• Do not install any accessories onthe side or near the side impactair bag.

• Do not place any objects over theair bag or between the air bagand yourself.

• Do not place any objects (anumbrella, bag, etc.) between thefront door and the front seat.Such objects may become dan-gerous projectiles and causeinjury if the supplemental side airbag inflates.

• To prevent unexpected deploy-ment of the side impact air bagthat may result in personal injury,avoid impact to the side impactsensor when the ignition switchis on.

(Continued)

WARNING• The side impact air bag is sup-

plemental to the driver's and thepassenger's seat belt systemsand is not a substitute for them.Therefore your seat belts must beworn at all times while the vehicleis in motion. The air bags deployonly in certain side impact condi-tions severe enough to causesignificant injury to the vehicleoccupants.

• For best protection from the sideimpact air bag system and toavoid being injured by thedeploying side impact air bag,both front seat occupants shouldsit in an upright position with theseat belt properly fastened. Thedriver's hands should be placedon the steering wheel at 9:00 and3:00 positions. The passenger'sarms and hands should beplaced on their laps.

(Continued)

3 53


C040700AUN

Curtain air bag (if equipped)Curtain air bags are located along bothsides of the roof rails above the front andrear doors.They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupants andthe rear outboard seat occupants in cer-tain side impact collisions.

The curtain air bags are designed todeploy only during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crash sever-ity, angle, speed and impact. The curtainair bags are not designed to deploy in allside impact situations, collisions from thefront or rear of the vehicle or in mostrollover situations.

OMG037051

OUN026090

(Continued)• If the seat or seat cover is dam-

aged, have the vehicle checkedand repaired by an authorizedKIA dealer. Inform that your vehi-cle is equipped with side impactair bags.


543

(Continued)• Never try to open or repair any

components of the side curtainair bag system. This should onlybe done by an authorized KIAdealer.

Failure to follow the above men-tioned instructions can result ininjury or death to the vehicle occu-pants in an accident.

WARNING• In order for side and curtain air

bags to provide its best protec-tion, both front seat occupantsand both outboard rear occu-pants should sit in an uprightposition with the seat belts prop-erly fastened. Importantly, chil-dren should sit in a proper childrestraint system in the rear seat.

• When children are seated in therear outboard seats, they must beseated in the proper childrestraint system. Make sure toput the child restraint system asfar away from the door side aspossible, and secure the childrestraint system in a locked posi-tion.

• Do not allow the passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and passen-gers when they are seated onseats equipped with side impactand/or curtain air bags.

(Continued)

3 55


C040800ATD

Why didn’t my air bag go off in acollision? (Inflation and non-infla-tion conditions of the air bag)There are many types of accidents inwhich the air bag would not be expect-ed to provide additional protection.These include rear impacts, second orthird collisions in multiple impactaccidents, as well as low speedimpacts. In other words, just becauseyour vehicle is damaged and even if itis totally unusable, don’t be surprisedthat the air bags did not inflate.

Air bag collision sensors(1) SRS control module(2) Front impact sensor(3) Side impact sensor (if equipped)

OTD039039NC/OMG035052/OHD036029/OMG035053

1 2 3


563

C040801APB

Air bag inflation conditionsFront air bags Front air bags are designed to inflate in afrontal collision depending on the intensi-ty, speed or angles of impact of the frontcollision.

1JBA3513

WARNING• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbag or sensors are installed.This may cause unexpected airbag deployment, which couldresult in serious personal injuryor death.

• If the installation location orangle of the sensors is altered inany way, the air bags may deploywhen they should not or they maynot deploy when they should,causing severe injury or death.Therefore, do not try to performmaintenance on or around the airbag sensors. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized KIA dealer.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Problems may arise if the sensor

installation angles are changeddue to the deformation of thefront bumper, body or B pillarwhere side collision sensors areinstalled. Have the vehiclechecked and repaired by anauthorized KIA dealer.

• Your vehicle has been designedto absorb impact and deploy theair bag(s) in certain collisions.Installing aftermarket bumperguards or replacing a bumperwith non-genuine parts mayadversely affect your vehiclescollision and air bag deploymentperformance.

3 57


Side air bags (if equipped)Side air bags (side impact and/or curtainair bags) are designed to inflate when animpact is detected by side collision sen-sors depending on the strength, speed orangles of impact resulting from a sideimpact collision.

Although the front air bags (driver’s andfront passenger’s air bags) are designedto inflate only in frontal collisions, theyalso may inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensors detect asufficient impact. Side air bags (sideimpact and/or curtain air bags) aredesigned to inflate only in side impactcollisions, but they may inflate in othercollisions if the side impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact.If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimproved roads,the air bags may deploy. Drive carefullyon unimproved roads or on surfaces notdesigned for vehicle traffic to preventunintended air bag deployment.

C040802ATD

Air bag non-inflation conditions• In certain low-speed collisions the air

bags may not deploy. The air bags aredesigned not to deploy in such casesbecause they may not provide benefitsbeyond the protection of the seat beltsin such collisions.

1JBA3515

1JBA3516

OUN026090


583

• Front air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, because occu-pants are moved backward by theforce of the impact. In this case, inflat-ed air bags would not be able to pro-vide any additional benefit.

• Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove to the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, front air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side impact or curtain airbags may inflate depending on theintensity, vehicle speed and angles ofimpact.

• In a slant or angled collision, the forceof impact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags would notbe able to provide any additional bene-fit, and thus the sensors may notdeploy any air bags.

OED036100 1JBA35211JBA3516

3 59


• Just before impact, drivers often brakeheavily. Such heavy braking lowers thefront portion of the vehicle causing it to“ride” under a vehicle with a higherground clearance. Air bags may notinflate in this "under-ride" situationbecause deceleration forces that aredetected by sensors may be signifi-cantly replaced by such “under-ride”collisions.

• Air bags may not inflate in rollover acci-dents because air bag deploymentwould not provide protection to theoccupants.However, side impact and/or curtain airbags may inflate when the vehicle isrolled over by a side impact collision, ifthe vehicle is equipped with sideimpact air bags and curtain air bags.

• Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated to one area andthe full force of the impact is not deliv-ered to the sensors.

1JBA3517 1JBA3522 1JBA3518


603

C041100ATD

SRS CareThe SRS is virtually maintenance-freeand so there are no parts you can safelyservice by yourself. If the SRS air bagwarning light does not illuminate, or con-tinuously remains on, have your vehicleimmediately inspected by an authorizedKIA dealer.

Any work on the SRS system, such asremoving, installing, repairing, or anywork on the steering wheel must be per-formed by an authorized KIA dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

WARNING• Modification to SRS components

or wiring, including the additionof any kind of badges to the padcovers or modifications to thebody structure, can adverselyaffect SRS performance and leadto possible injury.

• For cleaning the air bag pad cov-ers, use only a soft, dry cloth orone which has been moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• No objects should be placed overor near the air bag modules onthe steering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box,because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in acrash severe enough to causethe air bags to inflate.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If the air bags inflate, they must

be replaced by an authorized KIAdealer.

• Do not tamper with or disconnectSRS wiring, or other componentsof the SRS system. Doing socould result in injury, due to acci-dental inflation of the air bags orby rendering the SRS inopera-tive.

• If components of the air bag sys-tem must be discarded, or if thevehicle must be scrapped, certainsafety precautions must beobserved. An authorized KIAdealer knows these precautionsand can give you the necessaryinformation. Failure to followthese precautions and proce-dures could increase the risk ofpersonal injury.

• If your vehicle was flooded andhas soaked carpeting or water onthe floor, you shouldn't try tostart the engine; have the vehicletowed to an authorized KIA deal-er.

3 61


C041300AUN

Additional safety precautions• Never let passengers ride in the

cargo area or on top of a folded-down back seat. All occupants shouldsit upright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor.

• Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is not wear-ing a seat belt during a crash or emer-gency stop can be thrown against theinside of the vehicle, against otheroccupants, or out of the vehicle.

• Each seat belt is designed torestrain one occupant. If more thanone person uses the same seat belt,they could be seriously injured or killedin a collision.

• Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or repositioning theseat belt can reduce the protectionprovided by the seat belt and increasethe chance of serious injury in a crash.

• Passengers should not place hardor sharp objects between them-selves and the air bags. Carryinghard or sharp objects on your lap or inyour mouth can result in injuries if anair bag inflates.

• Keep occupants away from the airbag covers. All occupants should situpright, fully back in their seats withtheir seat belts on and their feet on thefloor. If occupants are too close to theair bag covers, they could be injured ifthe air bags inflate.

• Do not attach or place objects on ornear the air bag covers. Any objectattached to or placed on the front orside air bag covers could interfere withthe proper operation of the air bags.

• Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.

• Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the operationof the supplemental restraint systemsensing components and wiring har-nesses.

• Never hold an infant or child on yourlap. The infant or child could be seri-ously injured or killed in the event of acrash. All infants and children shouldbe properly restrained in appropriatechild safety seats or seat belts in therear seat.

C041400AUN

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag-equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

WARNING• Sitting improperly or out of posi-

tion can cause occupants to beshifted too close to a deployingair bag, strike the interior struc-ture or be thrown from the vehicleresulting in serious injury ordeath.

• Always sit upright with the seat-back in an upright position, cen-tered on the seat cushion withyour seat belt on, legs comfort-ably extended and your feet onthe floor.


623

C041200AUN-EC

Air bag warning label(if equipped)Air bag warning labels, some required bythe Canada Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards (CMVSS), are attached toalert the driver and passengers of poten-tial risks of the air bag system.

OAM039041

4

Keys / 4-2Smart key / 4-6Remote keyless entry / 4-8Door locks / 4-12Trunk / 4-16Tailgate (5 door vehicle) / 4-18Windows / 4-20Hood / 4-23Fuel filler lid / 4-25

Sunroof / 4-28Steering wheel / 4-32Mirrors / 4-35Instrument cluster / 4-39Rearview camera / 4-58Hazard warning flasher / 4-58Lighting / 4-59Wipers and washers / 4-63Interior light / 4-66Defroster / 4-67Manual climate control system / 4-69Automatic climate control system / 4-78Windshield defrosting and defogging / 4-85Storage compartment / 4-88Interior features / 4-96Audio system / 4-94



24

D010100AMG

Record your key numberThe key code number is stamped on thebar code tag attached to the key set.Should you lose your keys, this numberwill enable an authorized KIA dealer toduplicate the keys easily. Remove the barcode tag and store it in a safe place. Also,record the code number and keep it in asafe place (not in the vehicle).

D010200ATD

Key operationsUsed to start the engine, lock and unlockthe doors.

Type BTo remove the mechanical key, press andhold the release button (1) and removethe mechanical key (2).To reinstall the mechanical key, put thekey into the hole and push it until a clicksound is heard.

KEYS

WARNING - Ignition keyLeaving children unattended in avehicle with the ignition key is dan-gerous even if the key is not in theignition switch. Children copyadults and they could place the keyin the ignition switch. The ignitionkey would enable children to oper-ate power windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result in seriousbodily injury or even death. Neverleave the keys in your vehicle withunsupervised children.

OUN046100L

OUN026060

OTG049002

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 3


D010300AAM-EC

Immobilizer system (if equipped)Your vehicle may be equipped with anelectronic engine immobilizer system toreduce the risk of unauthorized vehicleuse.Your immobilizer system is comprised ofa small transponder in the ignition keyand electronic devices inside the vehicle.With the immobilizer system, wheneveryou insert your ignition key into the igni-tion switch and turn it to ON, it checksand determines and verifies that the igni-tion key is valid.If the key is determined to be valid, theengine will start.If the key is determined to be invalid, theengine will not start.

To deactivate the immobilizer system:Insert the ignition key into the key cylin-der and turn it to the ON position.

To activate the immobilizer system:Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.The immobilizer system activates auto-matically. Without a valid ignition key foryour vehicle, the engine will not start.

WARNINGUse only KIA original parts for theignition key in your vehicle. If anaftermarket key is used, the ignitionswitch may not return to ON afterSTART. If this happens, the starterwill continue to operate causingdamage to the starter motor andpossible fire due to excessive cur-rent in the wiring.

OHD0464100 WARNINGIn order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password and shouldbe kept confidential. Do not leavethis number anywhere in your vehi-cle.


44

✽✽ NOTICEWhen starting the engine, do not use thekey with other immobilizer keys around.Otherwise the engine may not start ormay stop soon after it starts. Keep eachkey separately in order to avoid a start-ing malfunction.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you need additional keys or lose yourkeys, consult an authorized KIA dealer.

This device complies with IndustryCanada Standard RSS-210.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions:1. This device may not cause harmful

interference, and 2. This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

CAUTIONThe transponder in your ignitionkey is an important part of theimmobilizer system. It is designedto give years of trouble-free service,however you should avoid expo-sure to moisture, static electricityand rough handling. Immobilizersystem malfunction could occur.

CAUTIONDo not change, alter or adjust theimmobilizer system because itcould cause the immobilizer sys-tem to malfunction and should onlybe serviced by an authorized KIAdealer.Malfunctions caused by improperalterations, adjustments or modifi-cations to the immobilizer systemare not covered by your vehiclemanufacturer warranty.

CAUTIONDo not put metal accessories nearthe ignition switch. Metal acces-sories may interrupt the transpon-der signal and may prevent theengine from being started.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user's authority to operatethe equipment.

4 5


D010301AUN-EC

Limp home (override) procedureWhen you turn the ignition switch to theON position, if the immobilizer indicator( ) goes off after blinking 5 times,your transponder equipped in the ignitionkey is out of order. You cannot start theengine without the lime home procedure.To start the engine, you have to inputyour password by using the ignitionswitch.The following procedure is how to inputyour password of “2345” as an example.1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion. The immobilizer indicator ( )will blink 5 times and go off indicatingthe beginning of the limp home proce-dure.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the ACCposition.

3. To enter the first digit (in this example“2”), turn the ignition switch to the ONand ACC position twice. Perform thesame procedure for the next digitsbetween 3 seconds and 10 seconds(for example, for “3”, turn the ignitionON and ACC 3 times).

4. If all of the digits have been input suc-cessfully, you have to start the enginewithin 30 seconds. If you attempt tostart the engine after 30 seconds, theengine will not start and you will haveto input your password again.

After performing the limp home proce-dure, you have to see an authorized KIAdealer immediately to inspect and repairyour ignition key or immobilizer system.


64

D040000ABK

With a smart key, you can lock or unlocka door and even start the engine withoutinserting the key.The functions of the buttons on a smartkey are similar to the remote keylessentry. (Refer to the “Remote keylessentry” in this section.)

D040100ATD

Smart key functionsCarrying the smart key, you may lock andunlock the vehicle doors. Also, you maystart the engine. Refer to the following,for more details.

D040101ATD-EU

Locking Pressing the button of the front outsidedoor handles with all doors closed andany door unlocked, locks all the doors.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound once to indicate thatall doors are locked. The button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle. If you want to make surethat a door has locked or not, you shouldcheck the door lock button inside thevehicle or pull the outside door handle.

Even though you press the button, thedoors will not lock and the chime willsound for 3 seconds if any of the follow-ing occurs:• The smart key is in the vehicle.• The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON

position.• Any door except the trunk (or tailgate)

is opened.

D040102ATD-EU

Unlocking Pressing the button of the driver's out-side door handle with all doors closedand locked, unlocks the driver's door.Thehazard warning lights will blink and thechime will sound twice to indicate that thedriver's door is unlocked. All doors areunlocked if the button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds. The hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound twice to indicate that all the doorsare unlocked.Pressing the button in the front passen-ger's outside door handle with all doorsclosed and locked, unlocks all the doors.The hazard warning lights will blink andthe chime will sound twice to indicate thatall doors are unlocked. The button willonly operate when the smart key is with-in 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle.

SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)

OTG049001 OMG049005

4 7


D040104AHM

Start-upYou can start the engine without insertingthe key. For detailed information refer to“Starting the engine with a smart key” insection 5.

D040300AHM-EC

Smart key precautions✽✽ NOTICE• If, for some reason, you happen to lose

your smart key, you will not be able tostart the engine. Tow the vehicle, ifnecessary, and contact an authorizedKIA dealer.

• A maximum of 2 smart keys can beregistered to a single vehicle. If youlose a smart key, you should immedi-ately take the vehicle and key to yourauthorized KIA dealer to protect itfrom potential theft.

• The smart key will not work if any offollowing occurs:- The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio station oran airport which can interfere withnormal operation of the smart key.

- The smart key near a mobile two-way radio system or a cellularphone.

- Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

When the smart key does not workcorrectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, contactan authorized KIA dealer.




CAUTIONKeep the smart key away fromwater or any liquid. If the keylessentry system is inoperative due toexposure to water or liquids, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

WARNINGChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.


84

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)

Remote keyless entry systemoperations

D020101ATD-EU

Lock (1)All doors are locked if the lock button ispressed. If all doors (and trunk or tail-gate) are closed, the hazard warninglights will blink once to indicate that alldoors (and trunk) are locked.Also, if the lock button is pressed oncemore within 4 seconds, the hazard warn-ing lights will blink and the chime willsound once to confirm that the door islocked.However, if any door remains open, thehazard warning lights (and/or the chime)will not operate. But if all doors areclosed after the lock button is pressed,the hazard warning lights will blink once.

D020102ATD-EE

Unlock (2) The driver's door is unlocked if the unlockbutton is pressed once. The hazardwarning lights will blink (for smart key, thechime also sounds) twice to indicate thatthe driver's door is unlocked.All doors are unlocked if the unlock but-ton is pressed once more within 4 sec-onds. The hazard warning lights will blink(for smart key, the chime also sounds)twice again to indicate that all doors areunlocked. After pressing this button, thedoors will lock automatically unless youopen any door within 30 seconds.

OTG049003

■ Type B

■ Type A

ONF048011

4 9


D020104ATD-EE

Trunk (or tailgate) open (3) (if equipped)The trunk (or tailgate) is opened if thebutton is pressed for more than 1 sec-ond.Once the trunk (or tailgate) is openedand then closed, the trunk (or tailgate)will lock automatically.

D020105AHM

Alarm (4)The horn sounds and the hazard warninglights blink for about 30 seconds if thisbutton is pressed for more than 0.5 sec-onds. To stop the horn and lights, pressany button on the transmitter.

D020200AHM-EC

Precautions✽✽ NOTICEThe transmitter (or smart key) will notwork if any of following occurs:• The ignition key is in the ignition

switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).• The battery in the transmitter (or

smart key) is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The transmitter (or smart key) is close

to a radio transmitter such as a radiostation or an airport which can inter-fere with normal operation of thetransmitter.

When the transmitter (or smart key)does not work properly, open and closethe door with the ignition key. If youhave a problem with the transmitter (orsmart key), contact an authorized KIAdealer.

CAUTIONKeep the transmitter (or smart key)away from water or any liquid. If thekeyless entry system is inoperativedue to exposure to water or liquids,it will not be covered by your manu-facturer’s vehicle warranty.


104




D040500AMG

Battery replacementA battery should last for several years,but if the transmitter or smart key is notworking properly, try replacing the bat-tery with a new one. If you are unsurehow to use or replace the battery, contactan authorized KIA dealer.

1. Pry open the transmitter or smart keycover.

2. Replace the battery with a new battery(CR2032). When replacing the battery,make sure the battery positive “+” sym-bol faces up as indicated in the illus-tration.

3. Install the battery in the reverse orderof removal.

OBH048004

■ Type B

■ Type A

HNF2005CAUTIONChanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance couldvoid the user’s authority to operatethe equipment. If the keyless entrysystem is inoperative due tochanges or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it willnot be covered by your manufactur-er’s vehicle warranty.

4 11


CAUTION• The transmitter or smart key is

designed to give you years oftrouble-free use, however it canmalfunction if exposed to mois-ture or static electricity. If you areunsure how to use or replace thebattery, contact an authorized KIAdealer.

• Using the wrong battery cancause the transmitter or smartkey to malfunction. Be sure to usethe correct battery.

• To avoid damaging the transmit-ter or smart key, don't drop it, getit wet, or expose it to heat or sun-light.

• An inappropriately disposed bat-tery can be harmful to the envi-ronment and human health.Dispose the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulation.


124

D050100ATD-EU

Operating door locks from out-side the vehicle • Turn the key toward the rear of the

vehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.

• If you lock/unlock the door with a key,all vehicle doors will lock/unlock auto-matically.

• From the driver’s door, turn the key tothe left once to unlock the driver’s doorand once more within 4 seconds tounlock all doors.

• Doors can also be locked andunlocked with the transmitter key (orsmart key). (if equipped)

• Once the doors are unlocked, they maybe opened by pulling the door handle.

• When closing the door, push the doorby hand. Make sure the doors areclosed securely.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operatingtemporarily in order to protect thecircuit and prevent damage to systemcomponents.

• To lock a door without the key, push theinside door lock button (1) or centraldoor lock switch (2, if equipped) to the“Lock” position and close the door (3).

• If you lock the door with the centraldoor lock switch (2), all vehicle doorswill lock automatically. (if equipped withcentral door lock system)

✽✽ NOTICEAlways remove the ignition key, engagethe parking brake, close all windowsand lock all doors when leaving yourvehicle unattended.

DOOR LOCKS

OHD046001

LockUnlock

OTD049005

4 13


Operating door locks from insidethe vehicleD050201ATD-EE

With the door lock button• To unlock a door, push the door lock

button (1) to the “Unlock” position. Thered mark (2) on the button will be visi-ble.

• To lock a door, push the door lock but-ton (1) to the “Lock” position. If the dooris locked properly, the red mark (2) onthe door lock button will not show.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• If the inner door handle of the frontdoor is pulled when the door lock but-ton is in the lock position, the buttonwill unlock and the door will open. (ifequipped)

• Front doors cannot be locked if theignition key is in the ignition switch (orif the smart key is in the vehicle) andany front door is opened. (if equipped)

D050202ATD-EU

With central door lock switch (if equipped)Operate by pressing the central door lockswitch.

OTD049006

Lock Unlock

WARNING - Door lock mal-function

If a power door lock ever fails tofunction while you are in the vehi-cle, try one or more of the followingtechniques to exit:• Operate the door unlock feature

repeatedly (both electronic andmanual) while simultaneouslypulling on the door handle.

• Operate the other door locks andhandles, front and rear.

• Lower a front window and use thekey to unlock the door from out-side. OTD049007N

OTD049007/OHM048010

Driver’s door Passenger’s door

Driver’s door Passenger’s door

■ 4door vehicle, 5door vehicle

■ 2door vehicle


144

• Press the switch to the "Lock" position(1), all vehicle doors will lock.

• Press the switch to the "Unlock" posi-tion (2), all vehicle doors will unlock.

• If the key is in the ignition switch (or ifthe smart key is in the vehicle) and anyfront door is opened, the doors will notlock when the “Lock” position (1) of thecentral door lock switch is pressed. (ifequipped)

D050300AHM

Impact sensing door unlock sys-tem (if equipped)All doors will automatically unlock whenan impact causes the air bags to deploy.

D050400ATD-EU

Auto door lock/unlock feature (if equipped)• All doors will automatically lock when

the transaxle shift lever is shifted out ofP (Park).

• All doors will automatically unlockwhen the transaxle shift lever is shiftedinto P (Park).

WARNING - Unlockedvehicles

Leaving your vehicle unlocked caninvite theft or possible harm to youor others from someone hiding inyour vehicle while you are gone.Always remove the ignition key,engage the parking brake, close allwindows and lock all doors whenleaving your vehicle unattended.

WARNING - Unattendedchildren

An enclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orsevere injury to unattended chil-dren or animals who cannot escapethe vehicle. Furthermore, childrenmight operate features of the vehi-cle that could injure them, or theycould encounter other harm, possi-bly from someone gaining entry tothe vehicle. Never leave children oranimals unattended in your vehicle.

WARNING - Doors• The doors should always be fully

closed and locked while the vehi-cle is in motion to prevent acci-dental opening of the door.Locked doors will also discour-age potential intruders when thevehicle stops or slows.

• Be careful when opening doorsand watch for vehicles, motorcy-cles, bicycles or pedestriansapproaching the vehicle in thepath of the door. Opening a doorwhen something is approachingcan cause damage or injury.

4 15


D050400ATD-EE

✽✽ NOTICEAn authorized KIA dealer can activateor deactivate some auto door lock/unlock features as follows;• Auto door unlock by using the dri-

ver's door lock button• Auto door lock/unlock by shifting the

transaxle shift lever out of P (Park) orinto P (Park)

• Auto door unlock when the ignitionkey is removed from the ignitionswitch (for smart key, when theENGINE START/STOP button isturned to the OFF position)

If you want to activate or deactivatesome door lock/unlock feature, consultan authorized KIA dealer.

D050500ATD-EU

Child-protector rear door lock(for 4 door, 5 door vehicle only)The child safety lock is provided to helpprevent children from accidentally open-ing the rear doors from inside the vehicle.The rear door safety locks should beused whenever children are in the vehi-cle.1. Open the rear door.2. Push the child safety lock (1) located

on the rear edge of the door to thelock position. When the child safetylock is in the lock position, rear doorwill not open even when the inner doorhandle is pulled.

3. Close the rear door.To open the rear door, pull the outsidedoor handle (3).Even though the doors may be unlocked,the rear door will not open by pulling theinner door handle (2) until the rear doorchild safety lock is unlocked.

WARNING - Rear doorlocks

If children accidentally open therear doors while the vehicle is inmotion, they could fall out and beseverely injured or killed. To pre-vent children from opening the reardoors from the inside, the rear doorsafety locks should be used when-ever children are in the vehicle.

OTD049008


164

D070100BTD

Opening the trunkWith the key• The trunk is opened with the key. (if

equipped)• The trunk is opened if the trunk open

button on the transmitter (or smart key)is pressed. Once the trunk is openedand then closed, the trunk is lockedautomatically.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the trunk is closed with the smart keyin it, the chime will sound for approxi-mately 3 seconds and the trunk willreopen.

With remote trunk lid releaseTo open the trunk lid without using thekey, pull up the trunk lid release lever.

D070200ATD

Closing the trunkTo close the trunk, lower the trunk lid,then press down on it until it locks. To besure the trunk lid is securely fastened,always check by trying to pull it up again.

TRUNK (4 DOOR, 2 DOOR VEHICLE)

OTD049004N

(if equipped)

OHDC048005

WARNINGThe trunk lid should be always keptcompletely closed while the vehicleis in motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases mayenter the vehicle and serious ill-ness or death may result.

4 17


D070300ATD

Emergency trunk safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with an emer-gency trunk release cable located insidethe trunk. The lever glows in the darkwhen the trunk lid is closed. If someoneis inadvertently locked in the trunk,pulling this handle will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.

WARNING• No one should be allowed to

occupy the trunk of the vehicle atany time. If the trunk is partiallyor totally latched and the personis unable to get out, severe injuryor death could occur due to lackof ventilation, exhaust fumes andrapid heat build-up, or because ofexposure to cold weather condi-tions. The trunk is also a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash because it is not a pro-tected occupant space but mere-ly a part of the vehicle’s crushzone.

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and keys be kept out ofthe reach of children. Parentsshould teach their children aboutthe dangers of playing in trunks.

OTD049010


184

D070100AFD

Opening the tailgate• The tailgate is locked or unlocked

together if all doors are locked orunlocked with the key, transmitter orcentral door lock switch.

• The tailgate is unlocked alone for 30seconds if the tailgate unlock button onthe transmitter is pressed. Once thetailgate is opened and then closed, thetailgate is locked automatically.

• If unlocked, the tailgate can be openedby pressing the handle and pulling itup.

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, door lock anddoor mechanisms may not work proper-ly due to freezing conditions.

D070200AUN

Closing the tailgateTo close the tailgate, lower and pushdown the tailgate firmly. Make sure thatthe tailgate is securely latched.

TAILGATE (5 DOOR VEHICLE)

OTD041232

WARNINGThe tailgate swings upward. Makesure no objects or people are nearthe rear of the vehicle when open-ing the tailgate.

CAUTIONMake certain that you close the tail-gate before driving your vehicle.Possible damage may occur to thetailgate lift cylinders and attachinghardware if the tailgate is notclosed prior to driving.

WARNING - Exhaustfumes

If you drive with the tailgate open,you will draw dangerous exhaustfumes into your vehicle which cancause serious injury or death tovehicle occupants.If you must drive with the tailgateopen, keep the air vents and all win-dows open so that additional out-side air comes into the vehicle.

WARNING - Rear cargoarea

Occupants should never ride in therear cargo area where no restraintsare available. To avoid injury in theevent of an accident or suddenstops, occupants should always beproperly restrained.

4 19


D070300AUN

Emergency tailgate safety releaseYour vehicle is equipped with emergencytailgate safety release lever located onthe bottom of the tailgate. When some-one is inadvertently locked in the lug-gage compartment, if a key (or screw-driver) is inserted into the access holeand pushed (1), the tailgate latch mech-anism is released and the tailgate isopened by pushing backward.

WARNING• For emergency, be fully aware of

the location of the emergencytailgate safety release lever intheir vehicle and how to open thetailgate if you are accidentallylocked in the luggage compart-ment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compartmentof the vehicle at any time. Theluggage compartment is a highlydangerous location in the eventof a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gency only. Use extreme cautionwhile the vehicle is in motion.

OTD041233


204

D080000APB

(1) Driver’s door power window switch*(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch*(3) Rear door (left) power window switch*(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch*(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window down*(7) Power window lock button*

*: if equipped

✽✽ NOTICEIn cold and wet climates, power win-dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OTDC049011N

4 21


D080100ATD

Power windowsThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for power windows to operate.Each door has a power window switchthat controls the door’s window. The driv-er has a power window lock switch whichcan block the operation of passengerwindows.The power windows can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after the igni-tion key is removed or turned to the ACCor LOCK position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the power windowscannot be operated even within the 30second period.

✽✽ NOTICEWhile driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (if equipped)in an open (or partially open) position,your vehicle may demonstrate a windbuffeting or pulsation noise. This noiseis a normal occurrence and can bereduced or eliminated by taking the fol-lowing actions. If the noise occurs withone or both of the rear windows down,partially lower both front windowsapproximately one inch. If you experi-ence the noise with the sunroof open,slightly reduce the size of the sunroofopening.

D080101AUN

Window opening and closing (if equipped)The driver’s door has a master powerwindow switch that controls all the win-dows in the vehicle.To open or close a window, press downor pull up the front portion of the corre-sponding switch to the first detent posi-tion (5).

D080102AAM

Auto down window (if equipped) (Driver’s window)Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detent posi-tion (6) completely lowers the driver’swindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window is inoperation, momentarily pull up the switchto the opposite direction of the windowmovement.

D080104AAM

Power window lock button (if equipped)• The driver can disable the power win-

dow switches on the passenger doorby pressing the power window lockswitch located on the driver’s door tothe LOCK position (pressed).

• When the power window lock buttonis in the LOCK position (pressed),the driver’s master control cannotoperate the passenger door powerwindows.

OTD049013


224

D080200AFD

Manual windows (if equipped)To raise or lower the window, turn thewindow regulator handle clockwise orcounterclockwise.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the power window system, do notopen or close two windows ormore at the same time. This willalso ensure the longevity of thefuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposing directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

WARNING - Windows• NEVER leave the ignition key in

the vehicle.• NEVER leave any child unattend-

ed in the vehicle. Even veryyoung children may inadvertentlycause the vehicle to move, entan-gle themselves in the windows,or otherwise injure themselves orothers.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, head andother obstructions are safely outof the way before closing a win-dow.

• Do not allow children to play withthe power windows. Keep the dri-ver’s door power window lockswitch in the LOCK position(pressed). Serious injury canresult from unintentional windowoperation by the child.

• Do not extend any head or armsoutside the window while driving.

WARNINGWhen opening or closing the win-dows, make sure your passenger'sarms, hands and body are safelyout of the way.

B050A01E

4 23


D090100TD

Opening the hood 1. Pull the release lever to unlatch the

hood. The hood should pop openslightly.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise thehood slightly, push the secondary latch(1) inside of the hood center and liftthe hood (2).

3.Pull out the support rod from the hood.4.Hold the hood opened with the support

rod.

HOOD

OTD049014 OMG035065 OTD049131

WARNING - Hot partsGrasp the support rod in the areawrapped in rubber. The plastic willhelp prevent you from being burnedby hot metal when the engine ishot.


244

D090200AAM

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the fol-

lowing:• All filler caps in the engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm(1 ft.) above the closed position and letit drop. Make sure that it locks intoplace.

WARNING - Hood• Before closing the hood, ensure

that all obstructions are removedfrom the hood opening. Closingthe hood with an obstructionpresent in the hood opening mayresult in property damage orsevere personal injury.

• Do not leave gloves, rags or anyother combustible material in theengine compartment. Doing somay cause a heat-induced fire.

WARNING • Always double check to be sure

that the hood is firmly latchedbefore driving away. If it is notlatched, the hood could openwhile the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility,which might result in an accident.

• The support rod must be insertedcompletely into the hole whenev-er you inspect the engine com-partment. This will prevent thehood from falling and possiblyinjuring you.

• Do not move the vehicle with thehood raised. The view will beblocked and the hood could fallor be damaged.

4 25


D100100ATD

Opening the fuel filler lidThe fuel filler lid must be opened frominside the vehicle by pulling up the fuelfiller lid opener.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the fuel filler lid does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the lid to break the iceand release the lid. Do not pry on the lid.If necessary, spray around the lid withan approved de-icer fluid (do not useradiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicleto a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.

1. Stop the engine.2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel

filler lid opener up.3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel

filler cap counterclockwise.5. Refuel as needed.

D100200AAM

Closing the fuel filler lid1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until

it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap issecurely tightened.

2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it inlightly and make sure that it is secure-ly closed.

D100300AAM-EC

FUEL FILLER LID

OHD046014 OUN026020 WARNING - Refueling• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it

can cover your clothes or skinand subject you to the risk of fireand burns. Always remove thefuel cap carefully and slowly. Ifthe cap is venting fuel or if youhear a hissing sound, wait untilthe condition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Do not "top off" after the nozzleautomatically shuts off whenrefueling.

• Tighten the cap until it clicks, oth-erwise the Check Engine lightwill illuminate.

• Always check that the fuel cap isinstalled securely to prevent fuelspillage in the event of an acci-dent.


264

WARNING - Refueling dan-gers

Automotive fuels are flammablematerials. When refueling, pleasenote the following guidelines care-fully. Failure to follow these guide-lines may result in severe personalinjury, severe burns or death by fireor explosion.• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station facility.• Before refueling, note the loca-

tion of the Emergency GasolineShut-Off, if available, at the gasstation facility.

• Before touching the fuel nozzle,you should eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching another metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gas source.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not get back into a vehicle

once you have begun refuelingsince you can generate staticelectricity by touching, rubbingor sliding against any item or fab-ric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.)capable of producing static elec-tricity. Static electricity dischargecan ignite fuel vapors resulting inrapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you shouldonce again eliminate potentiallydangerous static electricity dis-charge by touching a metal partof the vehicle, away from the fuelfiller neck, nozzle or other gaso-line source.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container be sure toplace the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling hasbegun, contact with the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

(Continued)

(Continued)Use only approved portable plas-tic fuel containers designed tocarry and store gasoline.

• Do not use cellular phones whilerefueling. Electric current and/orelectronic interference from cel-lular phones can potentiallyignite fuel vapors causing a fire.

• When refueling, always shut theengine off. Sparks produced byelectrical components related tothe engine can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refueling iscomplete, check to make sure thefiller cap and filler door aresecurely closed, before startingthe engine.

• DO NOT use matches or a lighterand DO NOT SMOKE or leave a litcigarette in your vehicle while ata gas station especially duringrefueling. Automotive fuel ishighly flammable and can, whenignited, result in fire.

(Continued)

4 27


(Continued)• If a fire breaks out during refuel-

ing, leave the vicinity of the vehi-cle, and immediately contact themanager of the gas station andthen contact the local fire depart-ment. Follow any safety instruc-tions they provide.

CAUTION• Make sure to refuel your vehicle

according to the "Fuel require-ments" suggested in section 1.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineKIA cap or the equivalent speci-fied for your vehicle. An incorrectfuel filler cap can result in a seri-ous malfunction of the fuel sys-tem or emission control system.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted surfacesmay damage the paint.

• After refueling, make sure the fuelcap is installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the event ofan accident.


284

D110000AHM-EE

If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof,you can slide or tilt your sunroof with thesunroof control lever located on the over-head console.

The sunroof can only be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is in theON position.

✽✽ NOTICE• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof

may not work properly due to freez-ing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

✽✽ NOTICEThe sunroof cannot slide when it is inthe tilt position nor can it be tilted whilein an open or slide position.

SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD049015

CAUTIONDo not continue to press the sun-roof control lever after the sunroofis fully opened, closed, or tilted.Damage to the motor or systemcomponents could occur.

WARNING Never adjust the sunshade or sun-roof while driving. This could resultin loss of control and an accidentthat may cause death, seriousinjury, or property damage.

4 29


D110100ATD

Sliding the sunroof To open or close the sunroof (manualslide feature), pull or push the sunroofcontrol lever backward or forward to thefirst detent position.

To open the sunroof automatically:Pull the sunroof control lever backward(1) to the second detent position andthen release it. The sunroof will slideopen automatically but will not open allthe way. If you would like to completelyopen the sunroof, pull the lever oncemore. However, the second time the leveris pulled the sunroof will open only whilethe lever is pulled.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

To close the sunroof automatically:Push the sunroof control lever forward (2)to the second detent position and thenrelease it. The sunroof will automaticallyclose all the way.To stop the sunroof sliding at any point,pull or push the sunroof control levermomentarily.

D110101AEN

Automatic reversalIf an object or part of the body is detect-ed while the sunroof is closing automati-cally, it will reverse direction, and thenstop.The auto reverse function does not workif a tiny obstacle is between the slidingglass and the sunroof sash. You shouldalways check that all passengers andobjects are away from the sunroof beforeclosing it.

OBK049018OTD049016


304

D110200ATD

Tilting the sunroof To open the sunroof, push the controllever (3) on the overhead console.The sunroof will tilt only while the controllever is pushed.To close the sunroof, push the sunroofcontrol lever forward (2).

D110300ATD

Sunshade The sunshade will automatically openwhen the glass panel is moved. Close itmanually if you want it closed.

OBK049019

WARNING - Sunroof• Be careful that no heads, hands

and body parts are not obstruct-ed by a closing sunroof.

• Do not extend the face, neck,arms or body outside the sunroofwhile driving.

• Make sure your hand and face aresafely out of the way before clos-ing a sunroof.

OTD049017

CAUTION• Periodically remove any dirt that

may accumulate on the guide rail.• If you try to open the sunroof

when the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, theglass or the motor could be dam-aged.

• While using sunroof for a longtime, a dust between sunroof androof panel can make a noise.Open the sunroof and removeregularly the dust using cleancloth.

4 31


D110500ATD

Resetting the sunroofWhenever the vehicle battery is discon-nected or discharged, or related fuse isblown, you must reset your sunroof sys-tem as follows:

1. Turn the ignition switch to the ONposition.

2. According to the position of the sun-roof, do the following.1) In case the sunroof is closed com-

pletely or tilted:Push the sunroof control leverupward until the sunroof tilts com-pletely upward.

2) In case the sunroof is open:Push the sunroof control lever for-ward until the sunroof closes com-pletely. Push the sunroof controllever upward until the sunroof tiltscompletely upward.

3. Release the sunroof control lever.4. Push the sunroof control lever upward

(for about 10 seconds) until the sun-roof has returned to the original tiltposition after it is raised a little higherthan the maximum tilt position. Then,release the lever.

5. Push the sunroof control lever upwarduntil the sunroof completes operatingas follows;

TILT DOWN → SLIDE OPEN →SLIDE CLOSE

Then, release the lever.

When this is complete, the sunroof sys-tem has been reset.


324

D130100AHM

Power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses energy from theengine to assist you in steering the vehi-cle. If the engine is off or if the powersteering system becomes inoperative,the vehicle may still be steered, but it willrequire increased steering effort.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the power steering drive belt breaks

or if the power steering pump mal-functions, the steering effort willgreatly increase.

• If the vehicle is parked for extendedperiods outside in cold weather (below-10°C/14°F), the power steering mayrequire increased effort when theengine is first started. This is causedby increased fluid viscosity due to thecold weather and does not indicate amalfunction.When this happens, increase theengine RPM by depressing the accel-erator until the RPM reaches 1,500rpm then release or let the engine idlefor two or three minutes to warm upthe fluid.

D130200ATD

Electric power steering (if equipped)Power steering uses the motor to assistyou in steering the vehicle. If the engineis off or if the power steering systembecomes inoperative, the vehicle maystill be steered, but it will requireincreased steering effort.The motor driven power steering is con-trolled by the power steering control unitwhich senses the steering wheel torqueand vehicle speed to command themotor.The steering wheel becomes heavier asthe vehicle’s speed increases andbecomes lighter as the vehicle’s speeddecreases for better control of the steer-ing wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, have the power steer-ing checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

STEERING WHEEL

CAUTIONNever hold the steering wheel to theextreme right or left for more than 5seconds with the engine running.Holding the steering wheel for morethan 5 seconds in either positionmay cause damage to the powersteering pump.

4 33


✽✽ NOTICEThe following symptoms may occur dur-ing normal vehicle operation:• The EPS warning light does not illu-

minate.• The steering wheel becomes heavier

after turning the ignition switch on.This happens as the system performsthe EPS system diagnostics. When thediagnostics is completed, the steeringwheel will return to its normal condi-tion.

• Click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isturned to the ON or LOCK position.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low drivingspeed.

• If the Electric Power Steering Systemdoes not operate normally, the warn-ing light will illuminate on the instru-ment cluster. The steering wheel maybecome difficult to control or operateabnormally. Take your vehicle to anauthorized KIA dealer and have thevehicle checked as soon as possible.

• When you operate the steering wheelin low temperature, abnormal noisecould occur. If temperature rises, thenoise will disappear. This is a normalcondition.

D130300AFD

Tilt steering (if equipped)Tilt steering allows you to adjust thesteering wheel before you drive. You canalso raise it to give your legs more roomwhen you exit and enter the vehicle.

The steering wheel should be positionedso that it is comfortable for you to drive,while permitting you to see the instru-ment panel warning lights and gauges.

To change the steering wheel angle, pulldown the lock release lever (1), adjustthe steering wheel to the desired angle(2) and height (if equipped) (3), then pullup the lock-release lever to lock thesteering wheel in place. Be sure to adjustthe steering wheel to the desired positionbefore driving.

WARNING• Never adjust the angle and height

of the steering wheel while driv-ing.You may lose steering controland cause severe personal injury,death or accidents.

• After adjusting, push the steeringwheel both up and down to becertain it is locked in position.

OTD049018


344

D130500AUN

HornTo sound the horn, press the horn sym-bol on your steering wheel. Check thehorn regularly to be sure it operatesproperly.

✽✽ NOTICETo sound the horn, press the area indi-cated by the horn symbol on your steer-ing wheel (see illustration). The hornwill operate only when this area ispressed.

CAUTIONDo not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist. Donot press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

OTD049019

4 35


D140100ATD

Inside rearview mirrorAdjust the rearview mirror so that thecenter view through the rear window isseen. Make this adjustment before youstart driving.

D140101AHM

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)Make this adjustment before you startdriving and while the day/night lever is inthe day position.Pull the day/night lever toward you toreduce the glare from the headlights ofthe vehicles behind you during night driv-ing.Remember that you lose some rearviewclarity in the night position.

D140102ATD

Electric chromic mirror (ECM)(if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automatical-ly controls the glare from the headlightsof the vehicle behind you in nighttime orlow light driving conditions. The sensormounted in the mirror senses the lightlevel around the vehicle, and automati-cally controls the headlight glare fromvehicles behind you.When the engine is running, the glare isautomatically controlled by the sensormounted in the rearview mirror.Whenever the shift lever is shifted intoreverse (R), the mirror will automaticallygo to the brightest setting in order toimprove the drivers view behind the vehi-cle.

MIRRORS

WARNING - Rear visibilityDo not place objects in the rearseat which would interfere withyour vision through the rear win-dow. OMG035072

CAUTIONWhen cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror. It may cause the liquidcleaner to enter the mirror housing.

WARNING Do not adjust the rearview mirrorwhile the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, andan accident which could causedeath, serious injury or propertydamage.

Night

Day


364

To operate the electric rearview mirror• Press the ON/OFF button (1) to turn

the automatic dimming function on.The mirror indicator light will illuminate.Press the ON/OFF button to turn theautomatic dimming function off. Themirror indicator light will turn off.

• The mirror defaults to the ON positionwhenever the ignition switch is turnedon.

D140200ATD-EU

Outside rearview mirror Be sure to adjust the mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rearviewmirrors. The mirrors can be adjustedremotely with the remote switch (ifequipped). The mirror heads can be fold-ed to prevent damage during an auto-matic car wash or when passing througha narrow street.

WARNING - Rearview mir-rors

• The right outside rearview mirroris convex. Objects seen in themirror are closer than theyappear.

• Use your interior rearview mirroror direct observation to deter-mine the actual distance of fol-lowing vehicles when changinglanes.

CAUTIONDo not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the surfaceof the glass. If ice should restrictmovement of the mirror, do notforce the mirror for adjustment. Toremove ice, use a deicer spray, or asponge or soft cloth with very warmwater.

OTD049020

Indicator Sensor

4 37


D140201APB

Remote controlManual type (if equipped)To adjust an outside mirror, move thecontrol lever.

D140201ATD

Electric type (if equipped)The electric remote control mirror switchallows you to adjust the position of theleft and right outside rearview mirrors. Toadjust the position of either mirror theignition switch should be in the ACC posi-tion. Move the lever (1) to R or L to selectthe right side mirror or the left side mirror,then press a corresponding point on themirror adjustment control to position theselected mirror up, down, left or right.After the adjustment, put the lever intothe neutral (center) position to preventinadvertent adjustment.

CAUTIONIf the mirror is jammed with ice, donot adjust the mirror by force. Usean approved spray de-icer (not radi-ator antifreeze) to release thefrozen mechanism or move thevehicle to a warm place and allowthe ice to melt.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while the vehicleis moving. This could result in lossof control, and an accident whichcould cause death, serious injuryor property damage.

OTD049022B510A01E


384

D140202ATD

Folding the outside rearview mirrorTo fold the outside rearview mirror, graspthe housing of the mirror and then fold ittoward the rear of the vehicle.

CAUTION• The mirrors stop moving when

they reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switch ispressed. Do not press the switchlonger than necessary, the motormay be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by hand.Doing so may damage the relatedparts. OMG035071

4 39


INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

1. Tachometer

2. Fuel gauge

3. Speedometer

4. Turn signal indicators

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. Odometer/Trip computer*

7. LCD display*

* : if equipped

OTD049050C/OTD049051CD150000ATD

■■ Type A

* The actual cluster in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.For more details refer to the "Gauges" inthe next pages.

■■ Type B


404

D150100ATD-EU

Instrument panel illumination (if equipped)When the vehicle’s parking lights orheadlights are on, rotate the illuminationcontrol knob to adjust the brightness ofthe instrument panel illumination.The brightness of the instrument panel(Type B) illumination can be adjusted byrotating the control knob when the igni-tion switch is in ON position.

GaugesD150201AHM

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the forwardspeed of the vehicle.The speedometer is calibrated in kilome-ters per hour and/or miles per hour.

D150202AFD

Tachometer The tachometer indicates the approxi-mate number of engine revolutions perminute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the correctshift points and to prevent lugging and/orover-revving the engine.The tachometer pointer may move slight-ly when the ignition switch is in ACC orON position with the engine OFF. Thismovement is normal and will not affectthe accuracy of the tachometer once theengine is running.

OTD049052 OTD049053L

CAUTIONDo not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

OTD049054

4 41


D150204ATD

Fuel gaugeThe fuel gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in the fueltank. The fuel tank capacity is given insection 8. The fuel gauge is supplement-ed by a low fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank is nearlyempty.On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual due to the movement of fuel in thetank.

D150205ATD-EU

Odometer OdometerThe odometer indicates the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.You will also find the odometer useful todetermine when periodic maintenanceshould be performed.

OTD049056

WARNING - Fuel gaugeRunning out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addition-al fuel as soon as possible after thewarning light comes on or when thegauge indicator comes close to theE level.

CAUTIONAvoid driving with extremely lowfuel level. Running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, damag-ing the catalytic converter.

OTD049058C

■ Type A

OTD049200

■ Type B


424

✽✽ NOTICEIt is forbidden to alter the odometer ofall vehicles with the intent to change themileage registered on the odometer. Thealteration may void your warranty cov-erage.

D150206ATD-EU

Trip computer (Tripmeter) /ECO mode (if equipped)The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system thatdisplays information related to driving,when the ignition switch is in the ONposition. All stored driving information(except distance to empty and instantfuel consumption) will reset if the batteryis disconnected.

Press the TRIP button for less than 1 sec-ond to select each function as follows :

Also, the ECO indicator ON/OFF modecan be selected by pressing the trip but-ton for less than 1 second.

OTD049057

Tripmeter B

Average fuel consumption*

Instant fuel consumption*

Average speed*

Driving time*

Tripmeter A

Distance to empty*

* : if equipped

4 43


TripmeterTRIP A: Tripmeter ATRIP B: Tripmeter B

This mode indicates the distance of indi-vidual trips selected since the last trip-meter reset.The meter's working range is from 0.0 to999.9 km (0.0 to 999.9 miles).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the tripmeter (TRIP A orTRIP B) is being displayed, clears thetripmeter to zero (0.0).

Distance to empty (if equipped)This mode indicates the estimated dis-tance to empty based on the current fuelin the fuel tank and the amount of fueldelivered to the engine. When theremaining distance is below 50 km (30miles), “---” will be displayed and the dis-tance to empty indicator will blink.The meter’s working range is from 50 to999 km (30 to 990 miles).

OTD049059

■ Type A

OTD049060

■ Type B

OTD049061C

■ Type A

OTD049062L

■ Type B


444

Average fuel consumption (if equipped) This mode calculates the average fuelconsumption from the total fuel used andthe distance since the last average con-sumption reset. The total fuel used is cal-culated from the fuel consumption input.For an accurate calculation, drive morethan 50 m (0.03 mile).Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average fuel consump-tion is displayed, clears the average fuelconsumption to zero (---).

Instant fuel consumption (if equipped)This mode calculates the instant fuelconsumption during the last few sec-onds.

Average speed (if equipped) This mode calculates the average speedof the vehicle since the last averagespeed reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, theaverage speed keeps going while theengine is running.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the average speed is dis-played, clears the average speed to zero(---).

OTD049065N

■ Type A

OTD049066L

■ Type B

OTD049068B

■ Type A

OTD049068L

■ Type B

OTD049069N

■ Type A

OTD049070L

■ Type B

4 45


Driving time (if equipped)This mode indicates the total time trav-eled since the last driving time reset.Even if the vehicle is not in motion, thedriving time keeps going while the engineis running.The meter’s working range is from0:00~99:59.Pressing the TRIP button for more than 1second, when the driving time is beingdisplayed, clears the driving time to zero(0:00).

✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is not on level ground or

the battery power has been interrupt-ed, the “Distance to empty” functionmay not operate correctly.The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons(6 liters) of fuel are added to the vehi-cle.

• The fuel consumption and distance toempty values may vary significantlybased on driving conditions, drivinghabits, and condition of the vehicle.

• The distance to empty value is an esti-mate of the available driving distance.This value may differ from the actualdriving distance available.

ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)You can turn the ECOMINDERTM indica-tor (which is identified on your instrumentdashboard by the “ECO” name) on/off onthe instrument cluster in this mode.If you push the TRIP button more than 1second in the ECOMINDERTM indicatorECO ON mode, then ECO OFF is dis-played in the screen and the ECO indica-tor turns off.If you want to display the ECOMINDERTM

indicator ECO again, press the TRIP but-ton more than 1 second in the ECO OFFmode and then ECO ON mode is dis-played in the screen.For more detailed explanations, refer to"Warnings and indicators" in section 4.

OTD049217N

■ Type A

OTD049072L

■ Type B

OTD049230NOTD049231NOTD049230NOTD049231N

■ Type A ■ Type B

OTD049232NOTD049233N


464

D150300AAM

Warnings and indicatorsAll warning lights are checked by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine). Any light that does not illuminateshould be checked by an authorized KIAdealer.After starting the engine, check to makesure that all warning lights are off. If anywarning lights are still on, this indicates asituation that needs attention. Whenreleasing the parking brake, the brakesystem warning light should go off. Thefuel warning light will stay on if the fuellevel is low.

D150302AUN

Air bag warning light

This warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each time youturn the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion.This light also comes on when theSupplement Restraint System (SRS) isnot working properly. If the air bag warn-ing light does not come on, or continu-ously remains on after operating forabout 6 seconds when you turned theignition switch to the ON position or start-ed the engine, or if it comes on whiledriving, have the SRS inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

D150303AHM-U1

Anti-lock brake system(ABS) warning light

This warning light illuminates if the igni-tion switch is turned ON and goes off inapproximately 3 seconds if the systemis operating normally.If the ABS warning light remains on,comes on while driving, or does notcome on when the ignition switch isturned to the ON position, this indicatesthat the ABS may have malfunctioned.If this occurs, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized KIA dealer as soon aspossible. The normal braking system willstill be operational, but without the assis-tance of the anti-lock brake system.

4 47


Electronic brake force distri-bution (EBD) system warninglightIf these two warning lightsilluminate at the same timewhile driving, your vehicle’sABS and EBD system mayhave malfunctioned.In this case, your ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally. Have thevehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the ABS warning light or EBD warn-ing light is on and stays on, thespeedometer or odometer/tripmetermay not work. In this case, have yourvehicle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.

D150304ATD-EU

Seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seat beltwarning light will blink for approximately6 seconds each time you turn the ignitionswitch ON, regardless of belt fastening.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the ignition switch is turned on, theseat belt warning light and the seat beltwarning chime will operate for approxi-mately 6 seconds. But if it is refastenedwithin the 6 seconds, the warning lightwill blink till the 6 seconds and the warn-ing chime will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the seat belt warning lightwill blink for approximately 6 seconds.But if it is fastened within the 6 secondsthe warning light will turn off immediately.If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedwhen the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h(6 mph), the seat belt warning light andchime will operate approximately 11times with a pattern of 6 seconds on and24 seconds off until the belt is fastenedor the vehicle speed decreases below 5km/h (3 mph).

WARNINGIf both ABS and brake warninglights are on and stay on, your vehi-cle’s brake system will not worknormally during sudden braking. Inthis case, avoid high speed drivingand abrupt braking. Have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized KIAdealer as soon as possible.


484

D150305ATD

Turn signal indicator

The blinking green arrows on the instru-ment panel show the direction indicatedby the turn signals. If the arrow comes onbut does not blink, blinks more rapidlythan normal, or does not illuminate at all,it indicates a malfunction in the turn sig-nal system.You should consult your deal-er for repairs.This indicator also blinks when the haz-ard warning switch is turned on.

D150306AUN

High beam indicator

This indicator illuminates when the head-lights are on and in the high beam posi-tion or when the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

D150307AHM

Engine oil pressure warning light

This warning light indicates the engine oilpressure is low.If the warning light illuminates while driv-ing:1. Drive safely to the side of the road and

stop.2. With the engine off, check the engine

oil level. If the level is low, add oil asrequired.

If the warning light remains on afteradding oil or if oil is not available, call anauthorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONIf the engine is not stopped imme-diately after the engine oil pressurewarning light is illuminated, severedamage could result.

CAUTIONIf the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is run-ning, serious engine damage mayresult. The oil pressure warninglight comes on whenever there isinsufficient oil pressure. In normaloperation, it should come on whenthe ignition switch is turned on,then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warninglight stays on while the engine isrunning, there is a serious malfunc-tion.If this happens, stop the vehicle assoon as it is safe to do so, turn offthe engine and check the oil level. Ifthe oil level is low, fill the engine oilto the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays onwith the engine running, turn theengine off immediately. In anyinstance where the oil light stays onwhen the engine is running, theengine should be checked by anauthorized KIA dealer before thecar is driven again.

4 49


D150308ATD

Parking brake & brake fluidwarning light

Parking brake warning This warning light illuminates for 3 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position and then it will go out.Also, this light illuminates when the park-ing brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position. Thewarning light should go out when theparking brake is released.

Low brake fluid level warningIf the warning light remains on, it mayindicate that the brake fluid level in thereservoir is low.If the warning light remains on:1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe

location and stop your vehicle.2. With the engine stopped, check the

brake fluid level immediately and addfluid as required. Then check all brakecomponents for fluid leaks.

3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks arefound, the warning light remains on orthe brakes do not operate properly.Have the vehicle towed to any author-ized KIA dealer for a brake systeminspection and necessary repairs.

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diago-nal braking systems. This means you stillhave braking on two wheels even if oneof the dual systems should fail. With onlyone of the dual systems working, morethan normal pedal travel and greaterpedal pressure are required to stop thevehicle. Also, the vehicle will not stop inas short a distance with only a portion ofthe brake system working. If the brakesfail while you are driving, shift to a lowergear for additional engine braking andstop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to doso.To check bulb operation, check whetherthe parking brake and brake fluid warninglight illuminates when the ignition switchis in the ON position.

D150309APB

Front fog light indicator (if equipped)

This indicator comes on when the frontfog lights are ON.

D150312AAM

Shift pattern indicator (if equipped)

The indicator displays which automatictransaxle shift position is selected.

WARNING Driving the vehicle with a warninglight on is dangerous. If the brakewarning light remains on, have thebrakes checked and repaired imme-diately by an authorized KIA dealer.


504

D150301ATD-EU

Engine coolant tempera-ture warning light (if equipped)The warning light shows the temperatureof the engine coolant when the ignitionswitch is ON.The warning light illuminates if the tem-perature of the engine coolant is above120±3°C (248±5.5°F).Do not continue driving with an overheat-ed engine. If your vehicle overheats, referto “Overheating” in the Index.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the engine coolant temperature warn-ing light illuminates, it indicates over-heating that may damage the engine.

D150313AHM

Charging system warninglight

This warning light indicates a malfunctionof either the generator or electricalcharging system.If the warning light illuminates while thevehicle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKIA dealer correct the problem assoon as possible.

D150315ATD

Trunk lid (or tailgate) openwarning light

This warning light illuminates when thetrunk lid (or tailgate) is not closed secure-ly with the ignition switch in any position.

D150316AUN

Door ajar warning light

This warning light illuminates when adoor is not closed securely with the igni-tion switch in any position.

4 51


D150317ATD-EU

Immobilizer indicator

If any of the following occurs in a vehicleequipped with the smart key, the immobi-lizer indicator illuminates, blinks or goesoff.• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if

the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC or ON position, the indicatorwill illuminate for a few minutes to indi-cate that you are able to start theengine. However, when the smart keyis not in the vehicle, if the ENGINESTART/STOP button is pressed, theindicator will blink for a few minutes toindicate that you are not be able tostart the engine.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton changes to the ON position fromthe ACC position without the smart keyin the vehicle, the indicator blinks for afew minutes to indicate that you are notbe able to start the engine.

• When the battery is weak, if theENGINE START/STOP button ispressed, the indicator will blink and youare not able to start the engine.However, you are able to start theengine by inserting the smart key inthe smart key holder. If the smart keysystem related parts have a problem,the indicator will blink.

D150318ATD

Low fuel level warning light

This warning light indicates the fuel tankis nearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning light onor with the fuel level below “E” can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).


524

D150320ATD

Malfunction indicator lamp(MIL) (check engine light)

This indicator is part of the EngineControl System which monitors variousemission control system components. Ifthis indicator illuminates while driving, itindicates that a potential malfunction hasbeen detected somewhere in the emis-sion control system.This indicator will also illuminates whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, and will go off in a few secondsafter the engine is started. If it illuminateswhile driving, or does not illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned to the ONposition, take your vehicle to the nearestauthorized KIA dealer and have the sys-tem checked.Generally, your vehicle will continue to bedrivable, but have the system checked byan authorized KIA dealer promptly.

D150323AUN-EU

ESC indicator (ElectronicStability Control) (if equipped)The ESC indicator will illuminate whenthe ignition switch is turned ON, butshould go off after approximately 3 sec-onds. When the ESC is on, it monitorsthe driving conditions. Under normal driv-ing conditions, the ESC indicator willremain off. When a slippery or low trac-tion condition is encountered, the ESCwill operate, and the ESC indicator willblink to indicate the ESC is operating.The ESC indicator stays on when theESC may have a malfunction. Take yourcar to an authorized KIA dealer and havethe system checked.

D150324AHM-EU

ESC OFF indicator (if equipped)

The ESC OFF indicator will illuminatewhen the ignition switch is turned ON,but should go off after approximately 3seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,press the ESC OFF button. The ESCOFF indicator will illuminate indicatingthe ESC is deactivated.

CAUTION• Prolonged driving with the

Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nated may cause damage to theemission control systems whichcould effect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

• If the Emission Control SystemMalfunction Indicator Light illumi-nates, potential catalytic converterdamage. This could result in lossof engine power. Have the EngineControl System inspected as soonas possible by an authorized KIAdealer.

4 53


D150325ATD

Cruise indicator (if equipped)CRUISE indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisecontrol system is enabled.The cruise indicator in the instrumentcluster is illuminated when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button on the steeringwheel is pushed.The indicator goes off when the cruisecontrol ON/OFF button is pushed again.For more Information, refer to “Cruisecontrol system” in section 5.

Cruise SET indicator

The indicator illuminates when the cruisefunction switch (SET- or RES+) is ON.The cruise SET indicator in the instrumentcluster illuminates when the cruise controlswitch (SET- or RES+) is pushed.The cruise SET indicator does not illumi-nate when the cruise control switch (CAN-CEL) is pushed or the system is disen-gaged.

D150327AUN

Key reminder warning chime (if equipped)If the driver’s door is opened while theignition key is left in the ignition switch(ACC or LOCK position), the keyreminder warning chime will sound. Thisis to prevent you from locking your keysin the vehicle. The chime sounds until thekey is removed from the ignition switch orthe driver’s door is closed.

D150334ATD

Electric power steering(EPS) system warning light(if equipped)This warning light illuminates after theignition key is turned to the ON positionand then it will go off when the enginestarts.This light also comes on when the EPShas malfunctioned. If it comes on whiledriving, have your vehicle inspected byan authorized KIA dealer.

CRUISE

SET

EPS


544

D150340ATD-EU

ECOMINDERTM indicator (if equipped)

The ECOMINDERTM indicator is dis-played to help you improve fuel efficiencywhen you are driving.• The ECOMINDERTM indicator will turn

the ECO light green on the instrumentpanel when you are driving fuel effi-ciently in the ECO ON mode.If you don't want the indicator dis-played, you can turn the ECO ONmode to OFF mode by pressing theTRIP button.

• When the instant fuel consumptionmode(if equipped) is displayed on theLCD display or the system is not work-ing properly, the indicator turns off. Ifthe indicator turns off when the instantfuel consumption mode or ECO OFFmode is not selected, have the systemchecked by an authorized KIA dealeras soon as possible.

• The fuel efficiency depends on the dri-ver's driving habit and road condition.

• The system stops operating when thetransaxle is in the P (Park), R(Reverse), N (Neutral) position orsports mode, or when the instant fuelconsumption mode is selected.

D150400ATD

LCD display warning (if equipped)Door Open

This warning illuminates when a door isnot closed securely.The indicator displays which door isopened.

Low Battery

This warning indicates a malfunction ofeither the generator or electrical chargingsystem.If the warning illuminates while the vehi-cle is in motion:1. Drive to the nearest safe location.2. With the engine off, check the genera-

tor drive belt for looseness or break-age.

3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a prob-lem exists somewhere in the electricalcharging system. Have an authorizedKIA dealer correct the problem as soonas possible.

ECO ECOMINDERTM WARNINGDon't keep watching the “ECO”ECOMINDERTM indicator while driv-ing. It may distract you while driv-ing and cause an accident thatcould result in severe personalinjury.

4 55


Low Fuel!

This warning indicates the fuel tank isnearly empty. When it comes on, youshould add fuel as soon as possible.Driving with the fuel level warning on orwith the fuel level below "E" can causethe engine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

Key is not in vehicle

If the smart key is not in the vehicle andif any door is opened or closed with theENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC,ON, or START position, the warning illu-minates on the LCD display. Also, thechime sounds for 5 seconds when thesmart key is not in the vehicle and thedoor is closed.Always have the smart key with you.

Key is not detected

If the smart key is not in the vehicle or isnot detected and you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button, the warning illumi-nates on the LCD display for 10 seconds.Also, the immobilizer indicator and thekey holder light blinks for 10 seconds.

Low key battery

If the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed to the OFF position when thesmart key in the vehicle discharges, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds.Replace the battery with a new one.

Press brake pedal to start engine

If the ENGINE START/STOP button ispressed to the ACC position twice bypressing the button repeatedly withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the warningilluminates on the LCD display for about10 seconds to indicate that you shoulddepress the brake pedal to start theengine.

Shift to "P" position

If you try to turn off the engine without theshift lever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will changeto the ACC position. If the button ispressed once more it will change to theON position. The warning illuminates onthe LCD display for about 10 seconds toindicate that you should press the ENGINESTART/ STOP button with the shift leverin the P (Park) position to turn off theengine.


564

Remove key

When you turn off the engine with thesmart key in the smart key holder, thewarning illuminates on the LCD displayfor about 10 seconds. Also, the smart keyholder light blinks for about 10 seconds.To remove the smart key push the smartkey once and pull it out from the smartkey holder.

Insert key

If you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton while "Key is not detected" illumi-nates on the LCD display, the warning“Insert key” illuminates for about 10 sec-onds. Also, the immobilizer indicator andthe key holder light blinks for about 10seconds.

Press start button again

If you can not operate the ENGINESTART/STOP button when there is aproblem with the ENGINE START/STOPbutton system, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds and the chime soundscontinuously to indicate that you couldstart the engine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button once more.The chime will stop if the ENGINE START/STOP button system works normally.If the warning illuminates each time youpress the ENGINE START/STOP button,take your vehicle to an authorized KIAdealer and have the system checked.

Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine

If you try to start the engine with the shiftlever not in the P (Park) or N (Neutral)position, the warning illuminates forabout 10 seconds on the LCD display.You can also start the engine with theshift lever in the N (Neutral) position, butfor your safety start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

4 57


Press start button while turn steering

If the steering wheel does not unlock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is pressed, the warning illuminatesfor 10 seconds on the LCD display. Also,the warning chime sounds once and theENGINE START/STOP button light blinksfor 10 seconds.When you are warned, press theENGINE START/STOP button while turn-ing the steering wheel right and left.

Check steering wheel lock

If the steering wheel does not lock nor-mally when the ENGINE START/STOPbutton turns to the OFF position, thewarning illuminates for 10 seconds onthe LCD display. Also, the ENGINESTART/STOP button light blinks for 10seconds.


584

The rearview camera will activate whenthe back-up light is ON with the ignitionswitch ON and the shift lever in the R(Reverse) position.This system is a supplemental systemthat shows behind the vehicle throughthe rearview display mirror while back-ing-up.The rearview camera may be turned offby pressing the ON/OFF button (1) whenthe rearview camera is activated.

To turn the camera on again, press theON/OFF button again when the ignitionswitch is on and the shift lever in R(Reverse). Also, the camera will turn onautomatically whenever the ignitionswitch is turned off and on again.

D180000AHM

The hazard warning flasher should beused whenever you find it necessary tostop the car in a hazardous location.When you must make such an emer-gency stop, always pull off the road as faras possible.The hazard warning lights are turned onby pushing in the hazard switch. Bothturn signal lights will blink. The hazardwarning lights will operate even thoughthe key is not in the ignition switch.To turn the hazard warning lights off,push the switch again.

REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD069001

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER

WARNING• This system is a supplementary

function only. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to alwayscheck the inside/outside rearviewmirrors and the area behind thevehicle before and while backingup because there is a dead zonethat can't be seen by the camera.

• Always keep the camera lensclean. If lens is covered with for-eign matter, the camera may notoperate normally.

OTDC049300

1

4 59


D190100APB

Battery saver function • The purpose of this feature is to pre-

vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the parking lights when thedriver removes the ignition key andopens the driver- side door.

• With this feature, the parking lights willturn off automatically if the driver parkson the side of the road at night.If necessary, to keep the lights onwhen the ignition key is removed, per-form the following :1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON

again using the light switch on thesteering column.

D190400ATD-EU

Lighting controlThe light switch has a Headlight and aParking light position.To operate the lights, turn the knob at theend of the control lever to one of the fol-lowing positions:(1) OFF position(2) Parking light position(3) Headlight position(4) Auto light position (if equipped)

D190401ATD

Parking light position ( )When the light switch is in the parkinglight position (1st position), the tail, posi-tion, license and instrument panel lightswill turn ON.

LIGHTING

OAM049041

CAUTIONIf the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver's door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate. Therefore, Itcauses the battery to be dis-charged. In this case, make sure toturn off the lamp before getting outof the vehicle.

OXM049110


604

D190402ATD

Headlight position ( )When the light switch is in the headlightposition (2nd position) the head, tail,position, license and instrument panellights will turn ON.

✽✽ NOTICEThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlights.

Auto light position (if equipped)When the light switch is in the AUTO lightposition, the taillights and headlights willturn ON or OFF automatically dependingon the amount of light outside the vehi-cle.

OAM049042 OSL040057

CAUTION• Never place anything over sensor

(1) located on the instrumentpanel. This will ensure betterauto-light system control.

• Don’t clean the sensor using awindow cleaner. The cleaner mayleave a light film which couldinterfere with sensor operation.

• If your vehicle has window tint orother types of metallic coating onthe front windshield, the Autolight system may not work prop-erly.

4 61


D190500AUN

High beam operation To turn on the high beam headlights,push the lever away from you. Pull it backfor low beams.The high-beam indicator will light whenthe headlight high beams are switchedon.To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights on for aprolonged time while the engine is notrunning.

To flash the headlights, pull the levertowards you. It will return to the normal(low-beam) position when released. Theheadlight switch does not need to be onto use this flashing feature.

D190600AUN-U1

Turn signals and lane change sig-nalsThe ignition switch must be on for theturn signals to function. To turn on theturn signals, move the lever up or down(A). The green arrow indicators on theinstrument panel indicate which turn sig-nal is operating. They will self-cancelafter a turn is completed. If the indicatorcontinues to flash after a turn, manuallyreturn the lever to the OFF position.To signal a lane change, move the turnsignal lever slightly and hold it in position(B). The lever will return to the OFF posi-tion when released.

OAM049044 OAM049043 OAM049045


624

If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one of theturn signal bulbs may be burned out andwill require replacement.

✽✽ NOTICEIf an indicator flash is abnormally quickor slow, a bulb may be burned out orhave a poor electrical connection in thecircuit.

D190700ATD-EU

Front fog light (if equipped) Fog lights are used to provide improvedvisibility when visibility is poor due to fog,rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turnon when the fog light switch (1) is turnedto the on position after the headlights areturned on.To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch(1) to the off position.

D190900AUN-EU

Daytime running light Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can makeit easier for others to see the front of yourvehicle during the day. DRL can be help-ful in many different driving conditions,and it is especially helpful after dawn andbefore sunset.The DRL system will make the head-lights turn OFF when:1. The headlight switch is ON.2. The parking brake is applied.3. Engine stops.

OAM049046N

CAUTIONWhen in operation, the fog lightsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglights when visibility is poor.

4 63


WIPERS AND WASHERSWindshield wiper/washerA : Wiper speed control (front)

· MIST – Single wipe· OFF – Off· INT – Intermittent wipe* · LO – Normal wiper speed· HI – Fast wiper speed

B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

Rear window wiper/washerD : Rear wiper control

· ON – Continuous wipe· INT – Intermittent wipe*· OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* if equipped

OAM049100L

OXM049231L

■■ 4 door, 2 door vehicle

■■ 5 door vehicleOAM049048N

■■ 5 door vehicle


644

D200100ATD

Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the ignitionswitch is turned ON.MIST : For a single wiping cycle, move the

lever upward and release it. Thewipers will operate continuously ifthe lever is held in this position.

OFF : Wiper is not in operation INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the

same wiping intervals. Use thismode in a light rain or mist. To varythe speed setting, turn the speedcontrol knob.

LO : Normal wiper speed HI : Fast wiper speed

✽✽ NOTICEIf there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, oruntil the snow and/or ice is removedbefore using the windshield wipers toensure proper operation.

D200200ASA

Windshield washers In the OFF position, pull the lever gentlytoward you to spray washer fluid on thewindshield and to run the wipers 1-3cycles.Use this function when the windshield isdirty.The spray and wiper operation will con-tinue until you release the lever. If thewasher does not work, check the washerfluid level.If the fluid level is not sufficient, you willneed to add appropriate non-abrasivewindshield washer fluid to the washerreservoir.The reservoir filler neck is located in thefront of the engine compartment on thepassenger side.

CAUTIONTo prevent possible damage to thewasher pump, do not operate thewasher when the fluid reservoir isempty.

WARNINGDo not use the washer in freezingtemperatures without first warmingthe windshield with the defrosters;the washer solution could freeze onthe windshield and obscure yourvision.

4 65


D200300AAM

Rear window wiper and washerswitch (5 door vehicle)The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of the wiperand washer switch lever. Turn the switchto the desired position to operate the rearwiper and washer.ON - Normal wiper operation INT - Intermittent wiper operation

(if equipped)

OFF - Wiper is not in operation

Push the lever away from you to sprayrear washer fluid and to run the rearwipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiperoperation will continue until you releasethe lever.

CAUTION• To prevent possible damage to

the wipers or windshield, do notoperate the wipers when thewindshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

• To prevent damage to the wiperarms and other components, donot attempt to move the wipersmanually.

OAM049103N OXM049125


664

D210000AEN

D210100ATD

Map lamp (if equipped) 1. Push the lens to turn the light on or off.2. DOOR : The light comes on or goes

off when a door is opened orclosed.

3. OFF : The light stays off at all timeseven when a door is opened.When the light is turned on withthe lens(1) pressed, the light isnot turned off even with theswitch(3) in the OFF position.

D210200ATD

Room lamp (if equipped)1. ON : The light stays on at all times.2. DOOR : The light comes on or off

when a door is opened orclosed.

3. OFF : The light stays off at all timeseven when a door is opened.

INTERIOR LIGHT

CAUTIONDo not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis not running.It may cause battery discharge.

OTD049086OTD040085N

CAUTIONDo not leave the switch in the ONposition for an extended period oftime when the vehicle is not run-ning.

4 67


D210300ABH

Trunk room lamp (if equipped)The trunk room lamp comes on when thetrunk lid is opened.

D220000AUN

✽✽ NOTICEIf you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in this sec-tion.

D220100ATD

Rear window defrosterThe defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice from theinterior and exterior of the rear window,while the engine is running.

OMG035061

DEFROSTER

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surface ofthe rear window, never use sharpinstruments or window cleanerscontaining abrasives to clean thewindow.

OTD049089

OTD041089

■ Type A

■ Type B


684

To activate the rear window defroster,press the rear window defroster buttonlocated in the center facia switch panel.The indicator on the rear windowdefroster button illuminates when thedefroster is ON.If there is heavy accumulation of snow onthe rear window, brush it off before oper-ating the rear defroster.The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 20 minutesor when the ignition switch is turned off.To turn off the defroster manually, pressthe rear window defroster button again.

D220101AEN

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with the out-side rearview mirror defrosters, they willoperate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

D220200ATD

Front wiper deicer (if equipped)The engine must be running to enablethis feature. To activate the front wiperdeicer, press the front wiper deicer but-ton. The indicator on the button illumi-nates when the deicer is ON.The front wiper deicer automaticallyturns off after 20 minutes or when theignition switch is turned off. To turn off thedeicer, press the front wiper deicer but-ton again.

OTD049202L

4 69


MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD049090

D230000ATD

1. Air conditioning button*

2. Rear window defroster button

3. Air intake control button

4. Fan speed control knob

5. Mode selection knob

6. Temperature control knob

* : if equipped


704

D230100ATD

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system (if equipped)on.

OTD049127

4 71


D230101ATD

Mode selectionThe mode selection knob controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dash-board outlets, or windshield. Six symbolsare used to represent MAX A/C, Face,Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrostair position.The MAX A/C mode is used to cool theinside of the vehicle faster.

MAX A/C-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face.In this mode, the air conditioning and therecirculated air position will be selectedautomatically.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, E, C)

Air flow is directed towards the face andthe floor.

Floor-Level (C, A, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OTD049132


724

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D230102APB

Temperature controlThe temperature control knob allows youto control the temperature of the air flow-ing from the ventilation system. Tochange the air temperature in the pas-senger compartment, turn the knob tothe right for warm air or left for cooler air.

D230103APB

Air intake control This is used to select outside (fresh) airposition or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OTD049128 OTD049095OTD049094

4 73


Recirculated air position The indicator light on thebutton illuminates when therecirculated air position isselected.With the recirculated airposition selected, air frompassenger compartmentwill be drawn through theheating system and heatedor cooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on thebutton will not illuminatewhen the outside (fresh) airposition is selected.With the outside (fresh) airposition selected, air entersthe vehicle from outside andis heated or cooled accord-ing to the function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heater in therecirculated air position (without airconditioning selected) may cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment may become stale.In addition, prolonged operation of theair conditioning with the recirculatedair position selected will result in exces-sively dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continuous use of the climate

control system in the recirculatedair position may allow humidity toincrease inside the vehicle whichmay fog the glass and obscurevisibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with theair conditioning or heating sys-tem on. It may cause seriousharm or death due to a drop in theoxygen level and/or body temper-ature.

• Continuous use of the climatecontrol system in the recirculatedair position can cause drowsi-ness or sleepiness, and loss ofvehicle control. Set the air intakecontrol to the outside (fresh) airposition as much as possiblewhile driving.


744

D230104AUN

Fan speed controlThe ignition switch must be in the ONposition for fan operation.The fan speed control knob allows you tocontrol the fan speed of the air flowingfrom the ventilation system. To changethe fan speed, turn the knob to the rightfor higher speed or left for lower speed.Setting the fan speed control knob to the“0” position turns off the fan.

D230105AHM

Air conditioning (if equipped) Press the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate). Press the button again to turnthe air conditioning system off.

System operationD230501AUN

Ventilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

D230502APB

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the outside

(fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn

the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

• If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the , position.

OTD049098 OTD049099

4 75


Operation Tips• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes

from entering the vehicle through theventilation system, temporarily set theair intake control to the recirculated airposition. Be sure to return the controlto the fresh air position when the irrita-tion has passed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driveralert and comfortable.

• Air for the heating/cooling system isdrawn in through the grilles just aheadof the windshield. Care should betaken that these are not blocked byleaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed to thedesired position, turn on the air condi-tioning system, and adjust the temper-ature control to desired temperature.

D230503ATD

Air conditioning (if equipped) All KIA Air Conditioning Systems arefilled with environmentally friendly R-134a refrigerant which does not dam-age the ozone layer.1. Start the engine. Push the air condi-

tioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the recir-

culated air position. However, pro-longed operation of the reticulated airposition will excessively dry the air. Inthis case, change the air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control and tem-perature control to maintain maximumcomfort.

• When maximum cooling is desired, setthe temperature control to the extremeleft position, set the mode control tothe MAX A/C position, then set the fanspeed control to the highest speed.

✽✽ NOTICE• While using the air conditioning sys-

tem, monitor the temperature gaugeclosely while driving up hills or inheavy traffic when outside tempera-tures are high. Air conditioning sys-tem operation may cause engine over-heating. Continue to use the blowerfan but turn the air conditioning sys-tem off if the temperature gauge indi-cates engine overheating.

• While opening the windows in humidweather air conditioning may createwater droplets inside the vehicle.Since excessive water droplets maycause damage to electrical equipment,air conditioning should only be usedwith the windows closed.


764

Air conditioning system operation tips • If the vehicle has been parked in direct

sunlight during hot weather, open thewindows for a short time to let the hotair inside the vehicle escape.

• To help reduce moisture inside of thewindows on rainy or humid days,decrease the humidity inside the vehi-cle by operating the air conditioningsystem.

• During air conditioning system opera-tion, you may occasionally notice aslight change in engine speed as theair conditioning compressor cycles.This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Use the air conditioning system everymonth only for a few minutes to ensuremaximum system performance.

• When using the air conditioning sys-tem, you may notice clear water drip-ping (or even puddling) on the groundunder the passenger side of the vehi-cle. This is a normal system operationcharacteristic.

• Operating the air conditioning systemin the recirculated air position providesmaximum cooling, however, continualoperation in this mode may cause theair inside the vehicle to become stale.

• During cooling operation, you mayoccasionally notice a misty air flowbecause of rapid cooling and humid airintake. This is a normal system opera-tion characteristic.

D230300AHM-EC

Climate control air filterThe climate control air filter installedbehind the glove box filters the dust orother pollutants that come into the vehi-cle from the outside through the heatingand air conditioning system. If dust orother pollutants accumulate in the filterover a period of time, the air flow from theair vents may decrease, resulting inmoisture accumulation on the inside ofthe windshield even when the outside(fresh) air position is selected. If this hap-pens, have the climate control air filterreplaced by an authorized KIA dealer.

OMG075033

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

4 77


✽✽ NOTICE• If the vehicle is being driven in severe

conditions such as dusty, rough roads,more frequent climate control air fil-ter inspections and changes arerequired.

• When the air flow rate suddenlydecreases, the system should bechecked at an authorized KIA dealer.

D230400ATD

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and compres-sor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant is low,the performance of the air conditioning isreduced. Overfilling also has a negativeinfluence on the air conditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, have the system inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

✽✽ NOTICEIt is important that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, damage to the compressorand abnormal system operation mayoccur.

WARNINGThe air conditioning system shouldbe serviced by an authorized KIAdealer. Improper service may causeserious injury to the person per-forming the service.


784

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD041101

1. Front windshield defroster button2. Climate control display3. Rear windshield defroster button4. Fan speed control switch5. AUTO (automatic control) button6. OFF button7. Temperature control knob8. Air conditioning button9. Mode selection button10. Recirculated air position button11. Outside air position button

D240000ATD

4 79


D240100ATD-EU

Automatic heating and air condi-tioningThe automatic climate control system iscontrolled by simply setting the desiredtemperature.The Full Automatic Temperature Control(FATC) system automatically controls theheating and cooling system as follows;

1. Press the AUTO button. The modes,fan speeds, air intake and air-condi-tioning will be controlled automaticallyby setting the temperature.

2. Set the temperature control knob tothe desired temperature.If the temperature is set to the lowestsetting (Lo), the air conditioning sys-tem will operate continuously.

3. To turn the automatic operation off,select any button or switch of the fol-lowing:• Mode selection button• Air conditioning button• Front windshield defroster button• Air intake control button• Fan speed control switchThe selected function will be controlledmanually while other functions operateautomatically.

For your convenience and to improve theeffectiveness of the climate control, usethe AUTO button and set the temperatureto 23°C (73°F).

✽✽ NOTICENever place anything over the sensorlocated on the instrument panel toensure better control of the heating andcooling system.

OMG045045OTD049102


804

D240200ATD

Manual heating and air condition-ingThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In this case,the system works sequentially accordingto the order of buttons selected.1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired position.

To improve the effectiveness of heat-ing and cooling :- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to the outside(fresh) air or recirculated air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turn theair conditioning system on.

Press the AUTO button in order to con-vert to full automatic control of the sys-tem.

D240201ATD

Mode selectionThe mode selection button controls thedirection of the air flow through the venti-lation system.Every time you press the mode selectionbutton, the mode will change as follows:

Refer to the illustration in the “Manual cli-mate control system”.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upper bodyand face. Additionally, each outlet can becontrolled to direct the air dischargedfrom the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)

Air flow is discharged towards the faceand floor.

Floor-Level (C, E, A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the air beingdirected to the windshield and side win-dow defroster.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, E, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floorand the windshield with a small amountdirected to the side window defrosters.

OTD049103

4 81


Defrost-level (A, D)Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

Instrument panel ventsThe outlet vents can be opened or closedseparately using the thumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction of airdelivered from these vents using the ventcontrol lever as shown.

D240202ATD-EC

Temperature controlThe temperature will increase to themaximum (HI) by turning the knob to theextreme right.The temperature will decrease to theminimum (Lo) by turning the knob to theextreme left.When turning the knob, the temperaturewill increase or decrease by 0.5°C/1°F.

OTD049128 OTD049105OTD041104


824

Temperature conversionYou can switch the temperature modebetween Fahrenheit to Centigrade as fol-lows:While pressing the OFF button, press theAUTO button for 3 seconds or more.The display will change from Fahrenheitto Centigrade, or from Centigrade toFahrenheit.If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, the temperature mode dis-play will reset to Centigrade.

D240207AUN

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°C (1°F) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°C ~ 60°C(-40°F~140°F).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately like ageneral thermometer to prevent thedriver from being inattentive.

D240203ATD

Air intake controlThe air intake control is used to selectoutside (fresh) air position or recirculatedair position.To change the air intake control position,push the control button.

OTD049203L

4 83


Recirculated air positionThe indicator light on the button illumi-nates when the recirculated air positionis selected.With the recirculated air position selected,air from the passenger compartment willbe drawn through the heating system andheated or cooled according to the func-tion selected.

Outside (fresh) air positionThe indicator light on the button illumi-nates when the outside (fresh) air posi-tion is selected.With the outside (fresh) air positionselected, air enters the vehicle from out-side and is heated or cooled according tothe function selected.

✽✽ NOTICEProlonged operation of the heating inrecirculated air position will cause fog-ging of the windshield and side windowsand the air within the passenger com-partment will become stale.In addition, prolonged operation of theair conditioning with the recirculatedair position selected, will result in exces-sively dry air in the passenger compart-ment.

WARNING• Continuous use of the climate con-

trol system in the recirculated airposition may allow humidity toincrease inside vehicle which mayfog the glass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with airconditioning or heating system on.It may cause serious harm or deathdue to a drop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continuous use of the climate con-trol system in the reciruclated airposition can cause drowsiness orsleepiness, and loss of vehiclecontrol. Set the air intake control tothe outside (fresh) air position asmuch as possible while driving.

OTD049106 OTD049107


844

D240205ATD

Fan speed controlThe fan speed can be set to the desiredspeed by pressing the fan speed controlswitch.To change the fan speed press the part of the switch for higher speed orpress the part of the switch for lowerspeed.To turn the fan speed control off, pressthe OFF button.

D240206AHM

Air conditioningPress the A/C button to turn the air con-ditioning system on (indicator light willilluminate).Press the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

D240208ATD

OFF modePress the OFF button to turn off the airclimate control system. However, you canstill operate the mode and air intake but-tons as long as the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

OTD049109 OTD049111 OTD049110

4 85


WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGINGD250000AUN • For maximum defrosting, set the tem-

perature control to the extremeright/hot position and the fan speedcontrol to the highest speed.

• If warm air to the floor is desired whiledefrosting or defogging, set the modeto the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow and icefrom the windshield, rear window, out-side rear view mirrors, and all side win-dows.

• Clear all snow and ice from the hoodand air inlet in the cowl grill to improveheater and defroster efficiency and toreduce the probability of fogging upthe inside of the windshield.

Manual climate control systemD250101AFD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select any fan speed except “0” posi-

tion.2. Select desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, press the corre-sponding button manually.

OTD049112N

WARNING - Windshieldheating

Do not use the or positionduring cooling operation inextremely humid weather. The dif-ference between the temperature ofthe outside air and the windshieldcould cause the outer surface ofthe windshield to fog up, causingloss of visibility. In this case, setthe mode selection knob or buttonto the position and fan speedcontrol knob or button to a lowerspeed.


864

D250102AFD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest

(extreme right) position.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

position.3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be selected

automatically.

Automatic climate control systemD250201ATD

To defog inside windshield 1. Select desired fan speed.2. Select desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.If the outside (fresh) air position is notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button manually.

D250202ATD

To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest posi-

tion.2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot

(HI) position.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The outside (fresh) air position will be

selected automatically.

OTD049114N OTD049115NOTD049113N

4 87


D250300AHM

Defogging logicTo reduce the probability of fogging upinside of the windshield, the air intake orair conditioning are controlled automati-cally according to certain conditions suchas or position. To cancel orreturn to the defogging logic, do the fol-lowings.

D250301AUN

Manual climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Turn the mode selection knob to the

defrost position ( ).3. Push the air intake control button at

least 5 times within 3 seconds.The indicator light in the air intake controlbutton will blink 3 times with 0.5 secondof interval. It indicates that the defogginglogic is canceled or returned to the pro-grammed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.

D250302AHM-EE

Automatic climate control system1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON posi-

tion.2. Select the defroster position pressing

the defroster button ( ).3. While pressing the air conditioning

button (A/C), press the air intake con-trol button ( ) at least 5 times with-in 3 seconds.

The A/C display blinks 3 times with 0.5second of interval. It indicates that thedefogging logic is canceled or returned tothe programmed status.

If the battery has been discharged or dis-connected, it resets to the defog logicstatus.


884

D270000AHM

These compartments can be used tostore small items.

D270100ATD

Center console storage (if equipped)To open the center console storage, pullup the lever.

D270200AUN

Glove boxTo open the glove box, pull the handleand the glove box will automaticallyopen. Close the glove box after use.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT

WARNING - Flammablematerials

Do not store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or other flamma-ble/explosive materials in the vehi-cle. These items may catch fireand/or explode if the vehicle isexposed to hot temperatures forextended periods.

CAUTION• To avoid possible theft, do not

leave valuables in the storagecompartment.

• Always keep the storage com-partment covers closed whiledriving. Do not attempt to placeso many items in the storagecompartment that the storagecompartment cover can not closesecurely.

OTD049121N

WARNING To reduce the risk of injury in anaccident or sudden stop, alwayskeep the glove box door closedwhile driving.

OTD049120N

■ 2 doorOTD049120

4 89


D270300ATD

Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder, press thecover and the holder will slowly open.Place your sunglasses with the lensesfacing out.To close the sunglass holder, push it up.

OTD049122

WARNING• Do not keep objects except sun-

glasses inside the sunglass hold-er. Such objects can be thrownfrom the holder in the event of asudden stop or an accident, pos-sibly injuring the passengers inthe vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglass holderwhile the vehicle is moving. Therear view mirror of the vehiclecan be blocked by an open sun-glass holder.


904

D280300ATD

Cup holder

D280301AFD

Cups or small beverage cans may beplaced in the cup holders.

D280400ATD-EU

SunvisorUse the sunvisor to shield direct lightthrough the front or side windows.To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.To use the sunvisor for the side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thevisor and slide the mirror cover (3, ifequipped).Adjust the sunvisor extension forward orbackward (4).The ticket holder (5, if equipped) is pro-vided for holding a tollgate ticket.

INTERIOR FEATURES

WARNING - Hot liquids• Do not place uncovered cups of

hot liquid in the cup holder whilethe vehicle is in motion. If the hotliquid spills, you may burn your-self. Such a burn to the drivercould lead to loss of control ofthe vehicle.

• To reduce the risk of personalinjury in the event of a suddenstop or collision, do not placeuncovered or unsecured bottles,glasses, cans, etc., in the cupholder while the vehicle is inmotion.

Front

OTD049117

Rear (if equipped)OEN046157

OTD049118

4 91


D280500AEN

Power outlet (if equipped)The power outlet is designed to providepower for mobile telephones or otherdevices designed to operate with vehicleelectrical systems. The devices shoulddraw less than 10 amps with the enginerunning.

CAUTION - Vanity mirrorlamp

Close the vanity mirror coversecurely and return the sunvisor toits original position after use. If thevanity mirror is not closed securely,the lamp will stay on and couldresult in battery discharge and pos-sible sunvisor damage.

OTD049129N

CAUTION• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the bat-tery to discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 10A in elec-tric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.• Some electronic devices can

cause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet. These devices maycause excessive audio static andmalfunctions in other electronicsystems or devices used in yourvehicle.

WARNINGDo not put a finger or a foreign ele-ment (pin, etc.) into a power outletand do not touch with a wet hand.You may get an electric shock.


924

D280600AEN

Digital clock

Whenever the battery terminals or relat-ed fuses are disconnected, you mustreset the time.When the ignition switch is in the ACC orON position, the clock buttons operate asfollows:

D280601ATD

• HOUR (1) :Pressing the H button will advance thetime display by one hour.

D280602ATD

• MINUTE (2) :Pressing the M button will advance thetime display by one minute.

D280604ATD

• Display conversion:To change the 12 hour format to the 24hour format, press the H and M buttonat the same time for more than 4 sec-onds.For example, if the time is 10:15 p.m.,the display will change to 22:15.

Outside thermometerThe current outside temperature is dis-played in 1°F (1°C) increments. The tem-perature range is between -40°F ~ 140°F(-40°C ~ 60°C).• The outside temperature on the display

may not change immediately preventthe driver from being distracted.

OTD041124N

WARNINGDo not adjust the clock while driv-ing. You may lose your steeringcontrol and cause severe personalinjury or accidents.

OTD041230L

OTD049203L

■ Type A

■ Type B

4 93


Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)When using a floor mat on the front floorcarpet, make sure it attaches to the floormat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keepsthe floor mat from sliding forward.

Navigation system (if equipped)The navigation system ascertains thepresent position of your vehicle by usinginformation from satellites and guidesyou to the place you assign as the desti-nation.Detailed information for the navigationsystem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

B570A01N

WARNINGThe following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor mat tothe vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehicle'sfloor mat anchor(s) before drivingthe vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached to thevehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on top ofone another (e.g. all-weather rub-ber mat on top of a carpeted floormat). Only a single floor matshould be installed in each posi-tion.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's sidefloor mat anchors that are designedto securely hold the floor mat inplace. To avoid any interferencewith pedal operation, KIA recom-mends that only the KIA floor matdesigned for use in your vehicle beinstalled.

OTD041231N


944

✽✽ NOTICEIf you install an aftermarket HID headlamp, your vehicle’s audio and electron-ic device may malfunction.

D300101ATD

AntennaYour vehicle uses a roof antenna toreceive both AM and FM broadcast sig-nals. This antenna can be removed. Toremove the antenna, turn it counterclock-wise. To install the antenna, turn it clock-wise.

AUDIO SYSTEM

CAUTION• Before entering a place with a low

height clearance or a car wash,remove the antenna by rotating itcounter-clockwise. If not, theantenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna, itis important that it is fully tight-ened and adjusted to the uprightposition to ensure proper recep-tion. But it could be removedwhen parking the vehicle.OHM048154N

4 95


D300200AEN

Steering wheel audio control (if equipped) The steering wheel audio control buttonis installed to promote safe driving.

D300204ATD

VOLUME ( / )• Push the lever up to increase volume.• Push the lever down to decrease vol-

ume.

D300205AEN

MUTE• Press the MUTE button to cancel the

sound.• Press the MUTE button again to acti-

vate the sound.

D300202AEN

MODEPress the button to select Radio or CD(compact disc).

D300203AHM

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) The SEEK/PRESET button has differentfunctions base on the system mode. Forthe following functions the button shouldbe pressed for 0.8 second or more.

RADIO modeIt will function as the AUTO SEEK selectbutton.

CDP modeIt will function as the FF/REW button.

CDC modeIt will function as the DISC UP/DOWNbutton.

If the SEEK button is pressed for lessthan 0.8 second, it will work as follows ineach mode.

RADIO modeIt will function as the PRESET STATIONselect buttons.

CDP modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

CDC modeIt will function as the TRACK UP/DOWNbutton.

Detailed information for audio controlbuttons is described in the followingpages in this section.

D281900ATD

Bluetooth hands-free (if equipped)You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth.Detailed information for the Bluetoothhands-free is described in the Audio sys-tem section.

CAUTIONDo not operate the audio remotecontrol buttons simultaneously.

OTD049100


964

D210300ATD

Advanced lighting speaker (if equipped)Pull down the switch.The advanced lighting speaker that lightsaround the front speaker is adjusted byturning the knob as follows.

1. ON : The light turns on.2. MOOD : The light shade changes auto-

matically at regular interval.3. MUSIC : The light blinks or changes

shade according to thesound of the audio.If the audio is not turned on,the light does not turn on.

4. OFF : The light turns off.5. +/- : When the lights are on, push the

illumination button to adjust thelight intensity.If the low lighting grade isselected, the intensity of thelight may be weak or may notilluminate according to theaudio volume or selected con-ditions.

✽✽ NOTICEThe lighting around the front speakermay not illuminate when the sound ofthe audio is low.

OTDC049221

OTDC049222

CAUTIONDo not use the lights for extendedperiods when engine is not run-ning.It may cause battery discharge.

WARNINGMake sure the switch locks in posi-tion to avoid damage of the switchand injury of your hands or bodyparts.

4 97


D281400AFD

Aux, USB and iPod®* (if equipped)If your vehicle has an aux and/or USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod port,you can use an aux port to connect audiodevices and an USB port to plug in anUSB and also an iPod port to plug in aniPod.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noise mayoccur during playback. If this happens,use the power source of the portableaudio device.

* iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

D300800ATD

How car audio worksAM and FM radio signals are broadcastfrom transmitter towers located aroundyour city. They are intercepted by theradio antenna on your car. This signal isthen received by the radio and sent toyour car speakers.

When a strong radio signal has reachedyour vehicle, the precise engineering ofyour audio system ensures the best pos-sible quality reproduction. However, insome cases the signal coming to yourvehicle may not be strong and clear. Thiscan be due to factors such as the dis-tance from the radio station, closeness ofother strong radio stations or the pres-ence of buildings, bridges or other largeobstructions in the area.

JBM001

FM reception

OTD049130N


984

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broadcasts.This is because AM radio waves aretransmitted at low frequencies. Theselong, low frequency radio waves can fol-low the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmos-phere. In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can provide bet-ter signal coverage.

FM broadcasts are transmitted at highfrequencies and do not bend to follow theearth's surface. Because of this, FMbroadcasts generally begin to fade atshort distances from the station. Also,FM signals are easily affected by build-ings, mountains, or other obstructions.These can result in certain listening con-ditions which might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio. The fol-lowing conditions are normal and do notindicate radio trouble:

• Fading - As your car moves away fromthe radio station, the signal will weakenand sound will begin to fade. When thisoccurs, we suggest that you selectanother stronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between the trans-mitter and your radio can disturb thesignal causing static or fluttering nois-es to occur. Reducing the treble levelmay lessen this effect until the distur-bance clears.

JBM002

AM reception

JBM003

FM radio station

JBM004

4 99


• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerful sig-nal near the same frequency maybegin to play. This is because yourradio is designed to lock onto the clear-est signal. If this occurs, select anoth-er station with a stronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signalsbeing received from several directionscan cause distortion or fluttering. Thiscan be caused by a direct and reflect-ed signal from the same station, or bysignals from two stations with closefrequencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the condition haspassed.

Satellite radio receptionYou may experience problems in receiv-ing SIRIUS satellite radio signals in thefollowing situations.

• If you are driving in a tunnel or a cov-ered parking area.

• If you are driving beneath the top levelof a multi-level freeway.

• If you drive under a bridge.• If you are driving next to a tall vechi-

cle(such as a truck or a bus) that blockthe signal.

• If you are driving in a valley where thesurrounding hills or peaks block the sig-nal from the satellite.

• If you are driving on a mountain roadwhere is blocked by mountains.

• If you are driving in an area with talltrees that block the signal(10m ormore), for example on an road thatgoes through a dense forset.

• The signal can become weak in someareas that are not covered by therepeater station network.

Please note that these may be otherunforeseen circumstances when thereare problems with the reception of SIR-IUS satellite radio signal.

SATELITE1

SATELITE2

JBM005


1004

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used inside thevehicle, noise may be produced from theaudio equipment. This does not meanthat something is wrong with the audioequipment. In such a case, use the cellu-lar phone at a place as far as possiblefrom the audio equipment.

Care of disc (if equipped)• If the temperature inside the car is too

high, open the car windows for ventila-tion before using your car audio.

• It is illegal to copy and useMP3/WMA/AAC/WAVE files withoutpermission. Use CDs that are createdonly by lawful means.

• Do not apply volatile agents such asbenzene and thinner, normal cleanersand magnetic sprays made for ana-logue disc onto CDs.

• To prevent the disc surface from get-ting damaged. Hold and carry CDs bythe edges or the edges of the centerhole only.

• Clean the disc surface with a piece ofsoft cloth before playback (wipe it fromthe center to the outside edge).

• Do not damage the disc surface orattach pieces of sticky tape or paperonto it.

• Make sure on undesirable matter otherthan CDs are inserted into the CDplayer (Do not insert more than oneCD at a time).

• Keep CDs in their cases after use toprotect them from scratches or dirt.

• Depending on the type of CD-R/CD-RW CDs, certain CDs may not operatenormally according to manufacturingcompanies or making and recordingmethods. In such circumstances, if youstill continue to use those CDs, theymay cause the malfunction of your caraudio system.

✽✽ NOTICE - Playing anIncompatible Copy-ProtectedAudio CD

Some copy protected CDs, which do notcomply with the international audio CDstandards (Red Book), may not play onyour car audio. Please note that if youtry to play copy protected CDs and theCD player does not perform correctlythe CDs maybe defective, not the CDplayer.

CAUTIONWhen using a communication sys-tem such a cellular phone or a radioset inside the vehicle, a separateexternal antenna must be fitted.When a cellular phone or a radio setis used with an internal antennaalone, it may interfere with the vehi-cle's electrical system and adverse-ly affect safe operation of the vehi-cle.

WARNINGDon't use a cellular phone whenyou are driving. You must stop at asafe place to use a cellular phone.

4 101


1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. Automatic Channel Selection Button

3. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

4. SCAN Button

5. SETUP Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob &

SETUP Button

7. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL (PA710TD, USA)

❈ There will be no ® logo if the Bluetooth feature is not supported.


1024

1. FM/AM Selection Button

2. Automatic Channel Selection Button

3. Power ON/OFF Button & Volume Control

Knob

4. SCAN Button

5. SETUP Button

6. Manual Channel Selection Knob &

SETUP Button

7. Preset Button

RADIO, SET UP, VOLUME, AUDIO CONTROL (PA760TD, USA)


4 103


1. FM/AM Selection ButtonTurns to FM or AM mode, and togglesFM1 ➟ FM2 ➟ AM ➟ FM1 ➟... when thebutton is pressed each time.

2. Automatic Channel SelectionButton

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed, itreduces the band frequency by 200 kHzto automatically select a channel. Stopsat the previous frequency if no channel isfound.

• When the [SEEK ] button is pressed,it increases the band frequency by 200kHz to automatically select a channel.Stops at the previous frequency if nochannel is found.

3. Power ON/OFF Button &Volume Control Knob

Turns on/off the set when the IGNITIONSWITCH is on ACC or ON. If the buttonis turned to the right, it increases the vol-ume and left, decreases the volume.

4. SCAN ButtonWhen the button is pressed, the frequen-cies will become increased and receivethe corresponding broadcasts. This func-tion will play the frequencies for 5 sec-onds each and find other broadcasts asthe frequency increases. Press the but-ton again when desiring to continue lis-tening to the currently playing broadcast.

5. SETUP ButtonPress this button to turn to the TEXTSCROLL, SDVC and P.BASS adjustmentmode. If no action is taken for 5 secondsafter pressing the button, it will return tothe play mode. (After entering SETUPmode, move between items using theleft, right and PUSH functions of the[TUNE] button.)The setup items changes from TEXTSCROLL ↔ SDVC ↔ P.BASS ↔ SIRIUS↔ PHONE...

• SCROLLThis function is used to display charac-ters longer than the LCD text display andcan be turned ON/OFF through the vol-ume controller.

• SDVCThis function automatically adjusts thevolume level according to the speed ofthe vehicle and can be turned ON/OFFthrough the volume controller.

• POWER BASS (P.BASS)This function creates virtual soundeffects and allows adjustments to theBASS level.HIGH ➟ MID ➟ LOW ➟ OFF

6. Manual Channel SelectionKnob & SETUP Button

Rotate the knob clockwise by one notchto increase frequency by 50 kHz fromcurrent frequency.Rotate the knob counterclockwise by onenotch to decrease frequency by 50 kHzfrom current frequency.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.


1044

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise toemphasize rear speaker sound (frontspeaker sound will be attenuated). Whenthe control knob is turned counterclock-wise, front speaker sound will be empha-sized (rear speaker sound will be attenu-ated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

7. Preset ButtonPress [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton.Press [1]~[6] button more than 0.8 sec-ond or longer to save current station tothe respective button with a beep.

4 105


1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

7. CD Indicator

8. SCAN Play Button

9. INFO Button

10. FOLDER Moving Button

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTER Button

CD (PA710TD, USA)



1064

1. CD Loading Slot

2. CD Eject Button

3. CD Selection Button

4. Automatic Track Selection Button

5. RANDOM Play Button

6. REPEAT Button

8. SCAN Play Button

9. INFO Button



12. DISC Selection Button

13. CD LOAD Button

CD (PA760TD, USA)


4 107


1. CD Loading SlotPlease face printed side upward andgently press in. When the ignition switchis on ACC or ON and power is off, poweris automatically turned on if the CD isloaded. This CDP supports only 12 cmCD. If VCD or Data CD are loaded,"Reading Error" message will appearand the CD will be ejected.

2. CD Eject ButtonPress [ ] button to eject the CD duringCD playback. This button is enabledwhen ignition switch is off.

3. CD Selection ButtonIf there is a CD in the CD DECK it turnsto CD mode then it toggles.If there is no CD, then it displays themessage "No Media" and returns to theprevious mode.

4. Automatic Track SelectionButton

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play from the beginningof current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second and press again within 1second to play the previous song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate reverse direction highspeed sound search of current song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for less than0.8 second to play the next song.

• Press [TRACK ] button for 0.8 orlonger to initiate high speed soundsearch of current song.

5. RANDOM Play ButtonTurns on/off the randomization of theplay list of files in the currently playedDISC. To cancel the mode, press the but-ton once again.

6. REPEAT ButtonRepeats current song when the button ispressed for less than 0.8 second.Repeats the entire DISC when the buttonis pressed for 0.8 second or longer.

7. CD Indicator (PA710) When car ignition switch is ACC or ONand if the CD is loaded, this indicator islighted. If the CD is ejected the light isturned off.

8. SCAN Play ButtonScans each song in the CD for 10 sec-onds each. To cancel the mode, pressthe button once again.

9. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the current CDTRACK in the order of DISC TITLE ➟

DISC ARTIST ➟ TRACK TITLE ➟ TRACKARTIST ➟ TOTAL TRACK ➟ PLAYSCREEN ➟ DISC TITLE ➟... (not dis-played if the information is not availableon the DISC.)

10. FOLDER Moving Button • Press [FOLDER ] button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.


1084

• Press [FOLDER ] button to move toparent folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.

11. SEARCH Knob & ENTERButton

Turn this button clockwise to displaysongs after current song.Also, turn this button counterclockwise todisplay songs before current song.To listen to the displayed song, press thebutton to skip to the song and play.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

• BASS ControlTo increase the BASS, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the BASS,rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• MIDDLE ControlTo increase the MIDDLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the MID-DLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• TREBLE ControlTo increase the TREBLE, rotate the knobclockwise, while to decrease the TRE-BLE, rotate the knob counterclockwise.

• FADER ControlTurn the control knob clockwise to empha-size rear speaker sound (front speakersound will be attenuated). When the con-trol knob is turned counterclockwise, frontspeaker sound will be emphasized (rearspeaker sound will be attenuated).

• BALANCE ControlRotate the knob clockwise to emphasizeright speaker sound (left speaker soundwill be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counter clockwise, leftspeaker sound will be emphasized (rightspeaker sound will be attenuated).

12. DISC Selection Button (PA760)• Press [DISC ] button to change disc

to the previous disc.• Press [DISC ] button to change disc

to the next disc.

13. CD LOAD Button (PA760)Press [LOAD] button to load CDs intoavailable CDC slots (from 1~6).Press [LOAD] button for 2 seconds orlonger to load into all available decks. Thelast CD will play. Idle status for 10 sec-onds will terminate the loading process.

4 109


1. AUX/USB Selection Button

2. TRACK Moving Button

3. RANDOM Playback Button

4. REPEAT Selection Button

5. SCAN Selection Button

6. INFO Button



AUX/USB (PA710TD, USA)



1104

1. AUX/USB Selection Button




5. SCAN Selection Button

6. INFO Button



AUX/USB (PA760TD, USA)


4 111


1. AUX/USB Selection ButtonIf the auxiliary device is connected, itturns to AUX or USB mode to play thesound from the auxiliary player. If there isno auxiliary device, then it displays themessage "No Media" for 3 seconds andreturns to the previous mode.

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack. Press the button for 0.8 secondor longer to play the song in forwarddirection in fast speed.

3. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs in the current folder.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play the entire songs inthe USB device.Press the button again to cancel the mode.

4. REPEAT ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto repeat the song currently played.Press the button for more than 0.8 sec-ond to repeat the entire songs in the USBdevice.

5. SCAN Selection ButtonScans each song in the USB device for10 seconds each.Press the button once again to cancelscanning.

6. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file current-ly played in the order of FILE NAME ➟

TITLE ➟ ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ FOLDER ➟TOTAL FILE ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY ➟

FILE NAME ➟… (Displays no informationif the file has no song information.)

7. FOLDER Moving Button• Press [FOLDER ] button to move to

child folder of the current folder anddisplay the first song in the folder.Press TUNE/ ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed. It will play the firstsong in the folder.

• Press [FOLDER ] button to move toparent folder display the first song inthe folder.Press TUNE/ENTER knob to move tothe folder displayed.


Turn this button clockwise to display thesongs ahead of the currently played song.Turn the button counterclockwise to dis-play the songs before the currentlyplayed song.• Press the button to skip to and play the

selected song.• Pressing the button changes the BASS,

MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio controlknob clockwise or counterclockwise.


1124

CAUTION IN USING USB DEVICE

• To use an external USB device,make sure the device is not con-nected when starting up the vehi-cle and connect the device afterstarting up.

• If you start the vehicle when theUSB device is connected, it maydamage the USB device. (USB isnot ESA)

• If the vehicle is started up orturned off while the external USBdevice is connected, the externalUSB device may not work.

• It may not play inauthentic MP3 orWMA files.1) It can only play MP3 files with

the compression rate between8Kbps~320Kbps.

2) It can only play WMA musicfiles with the compression ratebetween 8Kbps~320Kbps.

• Take cautions for static electricitywhen connecting or disconnect-ing the external USB device.

• An encoded MP3 player is notrecognizable.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Depending on the condition of

the external USB device, the con-nected external USB device canbe unrecognizable.

• When the formatted byte/sectorsetting of External USB devices isnot either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE,then the device will not be recog-nized.

• Use only a USB device formattedto FAT 12/16/32.

• USB devices without USB I/Fauthentication may not be recog-nizable.

• Make sure the USB connectionterminal does not come in contactwith a human body or any object.

• If you repeat connecting or dis-connecting USB device in a shortperiod of time, it may break thedevice.

• You might hear a strange noisewhen connecting or disconnect-ing a USB device.

(Continued)

(Continued)• If you disconnect the external USB

device during playback in USBmode, the external USB device canbe damaged or malfunction.Therefore, connect the externalUSB device when the engine isturned off or in another mode.

• Depending on the type and capac-ity of the external USB device orthe type of the files stored in thedevice, there is a difference in thetime taken for recognition of thedevice, but this is not an indicatorof trouble and you only have towait.

• Do not use the USB device for otherpurposes than playing music files.

• Use of USB accessories such asrecharger or heater using USB I/Fmay lower performance or causetrouble.

• If you use devices such as a USBhub you purchased separately,the vehicle’s audio system maynot recognize the USB device.Connect the USB device directlyto the multimedia terminal of thevehicle.

(Continued)

4 113


(Continued)• If USB device is divided by logical

drives, only the music files on thehighest-priority drive are recog-nized by the car audio.

• Devices, such as MP3 players,cellular phones, or digital cam-eras not recognized by standardUSB I/F may not be recognized.

• USB devices other than standard-ized goods (METAL COVER TYPEUSB) can be unrecognizable.

• USB flash memory reader (suchas CF, SD, microSD, etc.) or exter-nal-HDD type devices may beunrecognized.

• Music files protected by DRM(DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT)are not recognizable.

• The data in the USB memory maybe lost while using this AUDIO. Itis recommeded to back up impor-tant data on a personal storagedevice.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Please avoid using USB memory

products which can be used askey chains or cellular phoneaccessories as they could causedamage to the USB jack. Pleasemake certain only to use plug typeconnector products as shownbelow.


1144

1. iPod Selection Button




5. INFO Button


7. CATEGORY Selection Button

RUNNING iPod® (PA710TD, USA)

iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.


4 115


1. iPod Selection Button




5. INFO Button


7. CATEGORY Selection Button

RUNNING iPod® (PA760TD, USA)


iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.


1164

1. iPod Selection ButtonIf iPod is connected, it switches to theiPod mode from the previous mode toplay the song files stored in the iPod.If there is no iPod connected, then it dis-plays the message "No Media" for 3 sec-onds and returns to the previous mode.

2. TRACK Moving Button• Press the [TRACK ] button for less

than 0.8 second to play from the begin-ning of the song currently played.Press the button for less than 0.8 sec-ond and press it again within 1 secondto move to and play the previous track.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in reversedirection in fast speed.

• Press the [TRACK ] button for lessthan 0.8 second to move to the nexttrack.Press the button for 0.8 second orlonger to play the song in forward direc-tion in fast speed.

3. REPEAT ButtonRepeats the song currently played.

4. RANDOM Playback ButtonPress the button for less than 0.8 secondto start or stop the random playback ofthe songs within the current category.Press the button for longer than 0.8 sec-ond to randomly play all songs in theentire album of the iPod.Press the button once again to cancelthe mode.

5. INFO ButtonDisplays the information of the file cur-rently played in the order of TITLE ➟

ARTIST ➟ ALBUM ➟ NORMAL DISPLAY➟ TITLE ➟... (Displays no information ifthe file has no song information.)


When you turn the button clockwise, itwill display the songs (category) aheadof the song currently played (category inthe same level).Also, when you turn the button counter-clockwise, it will display the songs (cate-gory) before the song currently played(category in the same level).To listen to the song displayed in thesong category, press the button to skip toand play the selected song.Pressing the button changes the BASS,MIDDLE, TREBLE, FADER and BAL-ANCE TUNE mode. The mode selectedis shown on the display. After selectingeach mode, rotate the Audio control knobclockwise or counterclockwise.

7. CATEGORY Selection ButtonMoves to the upper category from cur-rently played category of the iPod.To move to (play) the category (song) dis-played, press TUNE/ENTER knob.You will be able to search through thelower category of the selected category.The order of iPod’s category is SONG,ALBUMS, ARTISTS, GENRES, and iPod.

4 117


✽✽ NOTICE FOR USING THEiPod® DEVICE

• Some iPod models might not sup-port the communication protocoland the files will not be played. Supported iPod models: - iPod Mini- iPod 4th(Photo) ~ 6th(Classic)generation- iPod Nano 1st~4th generation- iPod Touch 1st~2nd generation

• The order of search or playback ofsongs in the iPod can be differentfrom the order searched in theaudio system.

• If the iPod disabled due to its ownmalfunction, reset the iPod. (Reset:Refer to iPod manual)

• An iPod may not operate normallyon low battery.

• Some iPod devices, such as theiPhone, can be connected through theBluetooth® interface. The devicemust have audio Bluetooth® capabili-ty (such as for stereo headphoneBluetooth®). The device can play, butit will not be controlled by the audiosystem.

CAUTION IN USING iPod® DEVICE

• You need the power cable exclu-sive for an iPod in order to oper-ate an iPod with the buttons onthe audio system. The PC cableprovided by Apple may cause amalfunction and do not use it forvehicle use.

• When connecting the device withan iPod cable, push in the jackfully not to interfere with commu-nication.

• When adjusting the sound effectsof an iPod and the audio system,the sound effects of both deviceswill overlap and might reduce ordistort the quality of the sound.

• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizerfunction of an iPod when adjust-ing the audio system’s volume,and turn off the equalizer of theaudio system when using theequalizer of an iPod.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the iPod cable is connected,

the system can be switched to theAUX mode even without the iPoddevice and can cause noise.Disconnect the iPod cable whenyou are not using the iPod device.

• When the iPod is not used for theaudio system, the iPod cable hasto be separate from iPod devices.Original display of iPod may not bedisplayed.


1184

1. SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button

2. Channel Selection Button

3. SCAN Button

4. INFO Button

5. CAT/FOLDER Button

6. TUNE Knob and ENTER Button

7. Preset Selection Button

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO (PA710TD, USA)


4 119


1. SATELLITE RADIO Selection Button

2. Channel Selection Button

3. SCAN Button

4. INFO Button

5. CAT/FOLDER Button

6. TUNE Knob and ENTER Button

7. Preset Selection Button

SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO (PA760TD, USA)



1204

How to Use SIRIUS SatelliteRadioYour Kia vehicle is equipped with 3months complimentary period of SIRIUSSatellite Radio so you have access toover 130 channels of music, information,and entertainment programming.

ActivationIn order to extend or reactivate your sub-scription to SIRIUS Satellite Radio, youwill need to contact SIRIUS CustomerCare at 888-539-7474. Have your 12 digitSID (Sirius Identification Number)/ESN(Electronic Serial Number) ready. Toretrieve the SID/ESN, turn on the radio,press the [SAT] button and tune to chan-nel zero. Please note that the vehicle willneed to be turned on, in Sirius mode, andhave an unobstructed view of the sky inorder for the radio to receive the activa-tion signal.

1. SATELLITE RADIO SelectionButton (SIRIUS Satellite Radio)

Press the [SAT] button to switch to SIR-IUS Satellite Radio. It cycles through thedifferent bands as noted below.SAT1 ➟ SAT2 ➟ SAT3 ➟ SAT1 ➟...

2. Channel Selection Button• Press [TRACK ] or [SEEK ] but-

ton for less than 0.8 second to selectprevious or next channel.

• Press [TRACK ] or [SEEK ] but-ton for 0.8 or longer to continuouslymove to previous or next channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel up/down isdone through the channels within cur-rent category.

3. SCAN Button • When the button is pressed, it automat-

ically scans the radio stations upwards.• The SCAN feature steps through each

channel, starting from the initial chan-nel for ten seconds.

• Press the [SCAN] button again to stopthe scan feature and to listen to the cur-rently selected channel.

• If "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed at thetop of the screen, channel changing isdone through the channels in currentcategory.

4. INFO Selection ButtonDisplays the information of the channelcurrently played by in the order of Artist/Song title ➟ Category/Channel name ➟

Composer(if available) ➟ Artist/Song title➟ Category/Channel name ➟... (ART/TITLE Selection)Displays the information of the channelcurrently played by in the order ofCategory/Channel name ➟ Artist/Songtitle ➟ Composer(if available) ➟ Category/Channel name ➟ Artist/Song title ➟...(CAT/CH Selection) (If there is no infor-mation of COMPOSER NAME, it returnsto main display.)

5. CAT/FOLDER Button • Press [CAT ] or [FOLDER ] button

to enter the Category List Mode, it dis-plays category items and highlights thecategory that currently tuned channelbelongs to.

• On Category List Mode, press thesebuttons to navigate category list.

• Press [ENTER] button to select the low-est channel in highlighted category.

• If channel is selected by selecting cate-gory "CATEGORY" Icon is displayed atthe top of the screen.

4 121


6. TUNE Knob and ENTER ButtonWhile listening to SIRIUS broadcast,rotate this knob to the right or left tosearch other channels while listening tocurrent channels and push this knob toselect what you want to listen to.(Turn to the right to search higher chan-nels and left lower channels)

7. Preset Selection Button• Push [1]~[6] buttons less than 0.8 sec-

ond to play the channel saved in eachbutton.

• Hold down the [PRESET] button for 0.8second or longer to save current chan-nel. An audible beep will play to confirmthe preset is stored.

✽✽ Troubleshooting1. Antenna Error

If this message is displayed, the anten-na or antenna cable is broken orunplugged. Please consult with yourKia dealership.

2. Acquiring Signal If this message is displayed, it meansthat the antenna is covered and thatthe SIRIUS Satellite Radio signal isnot available. Ensure the antenna isuncovered and has a clear view of thesky.


1224

CAUTION IN USINGBLUETOOTH® CELLULARPHONE

• Do not use a cellular phone orperform Bluetooth® settings (e.g.pairing a phone) while driving.

• Some Bluetooth®-enabled phonesmay not be recognized by thesystem or fully compatible withthe system.

• Before using Bluetooth® relatedfeatures of the audio system,refer your phone’s User’s Manualfor phone-side Bluetooth® opera-tions.

• The phone must be paired to theaudio system to use Bluetooth®

related features.• You will not be able to use the

hands-free feature when yourphone (in the car) is outside ofthe cellular service area (e.g. in atunnel, in a underground, in amountainous area, etc.).

• If the cellular phone signal is pooror the vehicles interior noise istoo loud, it may be difficult to hearthe other person’s voice during acall.

(Continued)

(continued)• Do not place the phone near or

inside metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth®

system or cellular service sta-tions can be disturbed.

• While a phone is connectedthrough Bluetooth® your phonemay discharge quicker than usualfor additional Bluetooth®-relatedoperations.

• Some cellular phones or otherdevices may cause interferencenoise or malfunction to audiosystem. In this case, store thedevice in a different location mayresolve the situation.

BLUETOOTH® PHONE OPERATION(IF EQUIPPED)

1. button : Raises or lowersspeaker volume.

2. :Mute the microphone during a call.3. button : Activates voice recognition.4. button : Places and transfers calls.5. button : Ends calls or cancels func-

tions.

■ What is Bluetooth®?Bluetooth® is a wireless technology thatallows multiple devices to be connectedin a short range, low-powered deviceslike hands-free, stereo headset, wirelessremocon, etc. For more information, visit theBluetooth® website at www.Bluetooth.com

■ General Features• This audio system supports Bluetooth®

hands-free and stereo-headset fea-tures.- HANDS-FREE feature: Making or

receiving calls wirelessly throughvoice recognition.

- STEREO-HEADSET feature: Playingmusic from cellular phones (that sup-ports A2DP feature) wirelessly.

• Voice recognition engine of theBluetooth® system supports 3 types oflanguages:

EnglishCanadian FrenchUS Spanish

✽✽ NOTICE• The phone must be paired to the sys-

tem before using Bluetooth® features.• Only one selected (linked) cellular phone

can be used with the system at a time.• Some phones are not fully compatible

with this system.• The Bluetooth® word mark and logos

are registered trademarks owned byBluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by Kia is under license.A Bluetooth enabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® wirelesstechnology.

■ Bluetooth® Language SettingThe system language can be changed bythe following steps:1. Power on the audio system with the

volume set to an audible level.2. Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio displays“Please Wait”.

- The Bluetooth® system will reply incurrently selected language that it ischanging to the next language.

- System language cycles between English,Canadian French and US Spanish.

- Press and hold the button on thesteering wheel for over 10 seconds.

3. When completed, the audio displayreturns to normal.

4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for the next lan-guage selection.

NOTE:The phone needs to be paired againafter changing system language.- Avoid resting your thumb or finger

on the button as the languagecould unintentionally change.

MUTE

VOLUME

4 123


12

4

53


1244

■ Receiving a Phone CallWhen receiving a phone call, a ringtoneis audible from speakers and the audiosystem changes into telephone mode.When receiving a phone call, “Incomingcall” message and incoming phone num-ber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Answer a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Reject a Call:- Press button on the steering wheel.• To Adjust Ring Volume:- Use VOLUME buttons on the steering

wheel.• To Transfer a Call to the Phone (Secret

Call):- Press and hold button on the

steering wheel until the audio systemtransfers a call to the phone.

■ Talking on the PhoneWhen talking on the phone, “Active Call”message and the other party’s phonenumber (if available) are displayed on theaudio.

• To Finish a Call- Press button on the steering wheel.

✽✽ NOTICEIn the following situations, you or theother party may have difficulty hearingeach other:1. Speaking at the same time, your voice

may not reach each other parties. (Thisis not a malfunction.) Speak alternate-ly with the other party on the phone.

2. Keep the Bluetooth® volume to a lowlevel. High-level volume may result indistortion and echo.

3. When driving on a rough road.4. When driving at high speeds.5. When the window is open.6. When the air conditioning vents are

facing the microphone.7. When the sound of the air condition-

ing fan is loud.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Music StreamingThe audio system supports Bluetooth®

A2DP (Audio Advanced DistributionProfile) and AVRCP (Audio VideoRemote Control Profile) technologies.Both profiles provide steaming of musicvia compatible “PAIRED” Bluetooth®

Cellular phone.To stream music from the Bluetooth® cel-lular phone, play your music files on yourcellular phone according to your cellularphone user’s manual and press the

button on the audio system until“MP3 play” is displayed on the LCD.The audio system head unit displays‘MP3 MODE’.

AUX

4 125


NOTE:• In addition to streaming MP3 files,

all music and sound files your cellu-lar phone supports can be playedby the audio system.

• Bluetooth® compatible cellularphones must include A2DP andAVRCP capabilities.

• Some A2DP and AVRCP compatibleBluetooth® cellular phones may notplay music through the audio sys-tem initially. These cellular phonesmay need to have the Bluetooth®

streaming enabled, for example;i.e : Menu➟Filemanager➟Music➟

Option➟Play via Bluetooth • Please refer to User’s Guide for your

cellular phone for more information.To cancel Bluetooth® cellular phonemusic streaming, stop music play-back on the cellular phone orchange the audio mode to AM/FM,SIRIUS, CD, iPod, ect.

■ Phone SetupAll Bluetooth® related operations can beperformed in PHONE menu.1) Push the button to enter

SETUP mode.2) Select “PHONE” item by rotating the

knob, then push the knob.

3) Select desired item by rotating theknob, then push the knob.

• Pairing a phoneBefore using Bluetooth® features, thephone must be paired (registered) withthe audio system. Up to 5 phones can bepaired with the system.

NOTE:• The pairing procedure of the phone

varies according to each phonemodel. Before attempting to pairphone, please see your phone’sUser’s Guide for instructions.

• Once pairing with the phone is com-pleted, there is no need to pair withthat phone again unless the phoneis deleted manually from the audiosystem (refer “Deleting a Phone”section) or the vehicle’s informationis removed from the phone.

➀ Press button to enter SETUPmode.

➁ Select “PHONE”, then “PAIR” inPHONE menu.

➂ The audio displays “Device : [Name]passkey: 0000”

➃ Search and select the device name inyour mobile phone to starting the pair-ing process.

SETUP

TUNE

TUNE

SETUP


1264

NOTE:• If the phone is paired with two or

more vehicles of the same model,some phones may not handleBluetooth® devices of that namecorrectly. In this case, you may needto change the name displayed onyour phone.For example, if the vehicles' name isKMC CAR, you may need to changethe name displayed on you phonefrom KMC_CAR to JOHNS_CAR orKMC CAR_1 to avoid ambiguity.Refer to your phone User’s Guide, orcontact your cellular carrier or phonemanufacturer for instructions.

• Connecting a phoneWhen the Bluetooth® system is enabled,the phone previously used is automati-cally selected and re-connected. If youwant to select different phone previouslypaired, the phone can be selectedthrough “Select Phone” menu.Only a selected phone can be used withthe hands-free system at a time.


➁ Select “PHONE”, then “SELECT” inPHONE menu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

➃ The Bluetooth® icon appears on theupper side of audio display when aphone is connected.

SETUP

4 127


• Changing PriorityIf several phones are paired with theaudio system, the system attempts toconnect following order when theBluetooth® system is enabled:1) “Priority” checked phone.2) Previously connected phone3) Gives up auto connection.➀ Press button to enter SETUP

mode.➁ Select “PHONE”, then “PRIORITY” in

PHONE menu.➂ Select desired phone name from the

list shown.

• Deleting a PhoneThe paired phone can be deleted.- When the phone is deleted, all the infor-

mation associated with that phone isalso deleted (including phonebook).

- If you want to use the deleted phone withthe audio system again, pairing proce-dure must be completed once more.


➁ Select “PHONE”, then “DELETE” inPHONE menu.

➂ Select desired phone name from the listshown.

• ADVANCED MenuAfter pressing the button, selectthe “PHONE” menu. while in PHONEmenu, select the “ADVANCED” menu tomake Bluetooth® Phone settings.(TheADVANCED menu may differ according toaudio specifications.)

SETUP

SETUPSETUP


1284

Incoming Volume (Bluetooth® call vol-ume adjustments)While in ADVANCED menu, select“IN VOL.” Use the knob key to set thedesired volume and press the button.

Contacts Sync (Automatic Phonebookdownload setting)While in Advanced menu, select"Contacts" To automatically save thecontacts and call history in your mobilephone each time you connect a mobiledevice, select ON. If you do not wish forautomatic download, select OFF.It's not available to make a phone call bybluetooth audio system while the phone-book is being downloaded.

Bluetooth® system offWhile in Advanced menu, select"BT Off" to turn off the Bluetooth®

System.

■■ Voice Recognition Activation• The voice recognition engine contained

in the Bluetooth® System can be acti-vated in the following conditions:- Button Activation

The voice recognition system will beactive when the button is pressedand after the sound of a Beep.

- Active ListeningThe voice recognition system will beactive for a period of time when theVoice Recognition system has askedfor a customer response.

• The system can recognize single digitsfrom zero to nine while number greaterthan ten will not be recognized.

• The system shall cancel voice recogni-tion mode in following cases : Whenpressing the button and saying“cancel” following the beep. When notmaking a call and pressing thebutton. When voice recognition hasfailed 3 consecutive times.

• At any time if you say “help”, the systemwill announce what commands areavailable.

■■ Menu treeThe menu tree identifies available voicerecognition Bluetooth® functions.

ENTER Call [Name] Ex) Call John(at Home)

Ex) Dial 911Dial [Number]

Redial

Call Back

Add entryPhonebook

Change name

Delete name

By phone

By voice

Call By name

By number

4 129


■ Making a Phone Call• Direct Calling ➀ Press button.➁ Say the following command.

- Call <John> : Connects the call to John.- Call <John> on <Mobile> : Connects

the call to John’s mobile phone number.- Call <John> at <Home> : Connects

the call to john’s home number.- Call <John> in <Office> : Connects

the call to John’s office number.

Note:Calls can be immediately connectedto contacts who name or voice tag aresaved in the phonebook(or contacts).

• Calling by NameA phone call can be made by speakingnames registered in the audio system.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By name” when prompted.➃ Say desired name (in Phonebook or

voice tag).➄ Say desired location (phone number

type). Only stored locations can beselected.

➅ Say “Yes” to confirm and make a call.

✽✽ Tip■ Voice OperationTo get the best performance out of theVoice Recognition System, observe thefollowings:- Keep the interior of the vehicle as

quiet as possible. Close the windowto eliminate surrounding noise(traffic noise, vibration sounds,etc), which may disturb recogniz-ing the voice command correctly.

- Speak a command after a beepsound within 5 seconds. Otherwisethe command will not be receivedproperly.

- Speak in a natural voice withoutpausing between words.

- While receiving voice commands,press the button on the steer-ing wheel remote controller to ter-minate guidance. Voice commandwill convert back to waiting modeto allow the user to say a new voicecommand.


1304

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:1. Say “Call Name”

• Dialing by NumberA phone call can be made by dialing thespoken numbers. The system can recog-nize single digits from zero to nine.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Call”.➂ Say “By number” when prompted.➃ Say desired phone numbers.➄ Say “Dial” to complete the number and

make a call.

✽✽ TipA shortcut to each of the following func-tions is available:➀ Say “Dial Number”➁ Say “Dial <digit>”

■ Phone Book (In-Vehicle)• Adding entry by voicePhone numbers and voice tags can beregistered. Entries registered in thephone can also be transferred.

➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".

- The system replies with all availablecommands.

- To skip the information message,press again and then a beep isheard.

➂ Say “Add Entry”.➃ Say “By Voice” to proceed.➄ Say the name of the entry when

prompted.➅ Say “Yes” to confirm.➆ Say the phone number of that entry

when prompted.➇ Say “Store” if phone number input is

finished.➈ Say a phone number type. “Home”,

“Work”, “Mobile”, “Other” or “Default” isavailable.

➉ Say “Yes” to complete adding entry.Say “Yes” to store additional locationfor this contact, or say “Cancel” to fin-ish the process.

✽✽ NOTICE- The system can recognize single digits

from zero to nine. Numbers that areten or greater cannot be recognized.

- You can enter each digit individuallyor group digits together in preferredstring lengths.

- To speed up input, it is a good idea togroup all digits into a continuous string.

- Recommend to enter the numbersconstituted an grouping within alldigit numbers to dial 995 / 734 / 0000

- The display corresponding to eachoperation appears on the screen as fol-lows:Input operation example:1. Say: “Nine, nine, five”

➟ Display: “995”2. And say: “Seven, three, four”

➟ Display: “995734”

11

4 131


• Adding Entry by Phone➀ Press button.➁ Say "Phonebook".➂ Say "Add Entry" after prompt.➃ Say "By Phone" to proceed.➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Your phone will start to transfer

phone/contact list to the audio system.This process may take over 10 min-utes depending on the phone modeland number of entries

➆ Wait till the audio displays “TransferComplete” message.

• Changing NameThe registered names can be modified.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Change Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.➅ Say new desired name.

• Deleting NameThe registered names can be deleted.

➀ Press button.➁ Say “Phonebook”.➂ Say “Delete Name” after prompt.➃ Say the name of the entry (voice tag).➄ Say “Yes” to confirm.

■ Bluetooth® Audio Speaker AdaptationSpeaker adaptation will improve perform-ance of voice recognition system to aparticular user voice.This will degrade the performance forother users.

• Record➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Record profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.➃ Say the word displayed on Radio.

• Delete➀ Press button for 10sec.➁ Say “Delete profile”.➂ Say “Yes”.

■ Key matrix

No.

Class

Paired H/PEmpty

Disconnected

1

SHORT

LONG

SHORT

SHORT

LONG[10sec]

LONG[10sec]

Normal mode BT SETUP menuIncoming Call Outgoing Call Active Call 2nd Call

Not Paired Not Connecting - - Accept Call

Connected

-2nd call

1st Call:waiting2nd Call:active

2nd Call2nd Call:waiting1st Call:active

KEY

- - - - - - Transfer call:secret call

End CallVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelVR

MODE CancelReject Call End Call End Call

-

Active

Changelanguage

-

Active

SpeakerAdaptation

(Only English)

Changelanguage

Active

Changelanguage

Active

-Speaker

Adaptation(Only English)

Changelanguage

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

- -

2

3


4 132

5

Before driving / 5-3Key positions / 5-4ENGINE START/STOP button / 5-6Starting the engine / 5-9Manual transaxle / 5-12Automatic transaxle / 5-15Brake system / 5-23Cruise control system / 5-33Economical operation / 5-37Special driving conditions / 5-39Winter driving / 5-43

Trailer towing / 5-45Vehicle load limit / 5-46Vehicle weight / 5-51



25

E010000ATD

WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open the win-dows immediately.

• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxia-tion.

• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized KIA dealer.

• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.

• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

If you must drive with the trunk open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.

To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield arekept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.

5 3


E020100AUN

Before entering vehicle• Be sure that all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are clean.• Check the condition of the tires.• Check under the vehicle for any sign of

leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles behind

you if you intend to back up.

E020200AUN

Necessary inspections Fluid levels, such as engine oil, enginecoolant, brake fluid, and washer fluidshould be checked on a regular basis,with the exact interval depending on thefluid. Further details are provided inSection 7, “Maintenance”.

E020300AHM

Before starting • Close and lock all doors.• Position the seat so that all controls are

easily reached.• Adjust the inside and outside rearview

mirrors.• Be sure that all lights work.• Check all gauges.• Check the operation of warning lights

when the ignition switch is turned tothe ON position.

• Release the parking brake and makesure the brake warning light goes out.

For safe operation, be sure you are famil-iar with your vehicle and its equipment.

BEFORE DRIVING

WARNINGAll passengers must be properlybelted whenever the vehicle is mov-ing. Refer to “Seat belts” in section3 for more information on theirproper use.

WARNINGAlways check the surrounding areasnear your vehicle for people, espe-cially children, before putting a vehi-cle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse).

WARNINGDriving while distracted can resultin a loss of vehicle control, thatmay lead to an accident, severepersonal injury, and death. The dri-ver's primary responsibility is inthe safe and legal operation of avehicle, and use of any handhelddevices, other equipment, or vehi-cle systems which take the driver'seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of a vehicleor which are not permissible by lawshould never be used during oper-ation of the vehicle.


45

E030100AHM

Illuminated ignition switch (if equipped)Whenever a front door is opened, theignition switch will illuminate for your con-venience, provided the ignition switch isnot in the ON position.The light will go offimmediately when the ignition switch isturned on. It will also go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed.

Ignition switch positionE030201AUN

LOCKThe steering wheel locks to protectagainst theft. The ignition key can beremoved only in the LOCK position.When turning the ignition switch to theLOCK position, push the key inward atthe ACC position and turn the key towardthe LOCK position.

OTD059001 OTD059016

WARNING - Driving underthe influence of alcohol ordrugs

Drinking and driving is dangerous.Drunk driving is the number onecontributor to the highway deathtoll each year. Even a small amountof alcohol will affect your reflexes,perceptions and judgement.Driving while under the influence ofdrugs is as dangerous or more dan-gerous than driving drunk.You are much more likely to have aserious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive.If you are drinking or taking drugs,don’t drive. Do not ride with a driv-er who has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driveror call a cab.

WARNINGWhen you intend to park or stop thevehicle with the engine on, be care-ful not to depress the acceleratorpedal for a long period of time. Itmay overheat the engine or exhaustsystem and cause fire.

KEY POSITIONS

5 5


E030202AUN

ACC (Accessory)The steering wheel is unlocked and elec-trical accessories are operative.

✽✽ NOTICEIf difficulty is experienced turning theignition switch to the ACC position, turnthe key while turning the steering wheelright and left to release the tension.

E030203AUN

ONThe warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. This is thenormal running position after the engineis started.Do not leave the ignition switch ON if theengine is not running to prevent batterydischarge.

E030204APB

STARTTurn the ignition switch to the STARTposition to start the engine. The enginewill crank until you release the key; thenit returns to the ON position. The brakewarning light can be checked in this posi-tion.

E030205APB

WARNING - Ignition switch• Never turn the ignition switch to

LOCK or ACC while the vehicle ismoving. This would result in lossof directional control and brakingfunction, which could cause anaccident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leaving thedriver’s seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in 1stgear for the manual transaxle orP (Park) for the automatictransaxle, set the parking brakefully and shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

• Never reach for the ignitionswitch, or any other controlsthrough the steering wheel whilethe vehicle is in motion.The pres-ence of your hand or arm in thisarea could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol, an accident and seriousbodily injury or death.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not place any movable objects

around the driver’s seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.


65

Illuminated ENGINE START/STOPbuttonE030100ATD

Whenever the front door is opened, theENGINE START/STOP button will illumi-nate for your convenience. The light willgo off after about 30 seconds when thedoor is closed.

ENGINE START/STOP buttonpositionE030701ATD

OFF

To turn off the engine (START/RUN posi-tion) or vehicle power (ON position),press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwith the shift lever in the P (Park) posi-tion. When you press the ENGINESTART/STOP button without the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, theENGINE START/STOP button will notchange to the OFF position but to theACC position.Also, the steering wheel locks when theENGINE START/STOP button is in theOFF position to protect you against theft.It locks when the door is opened or whenyou pull out the smart key from the smartkey holder.If the steering wheel is not locked prop-erly when you open the driver's door, thewarning chime will sound. Try locking thesteering wheel again. If the problem isnot solved, have it checked by an author-ized KIA dealer.

In addition, if the ENGINE START/STOPbutton is in the OFF position after the dri-ver's door is opened, the steering wheelwill not lock and the warning chime willsound. In such a situation, close the door.Then the steering wheel will lock and thewarning chime will stop.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the steering wheel doesn't unlockproperly, the ENGINE START/STOPbutton will not work. Press the ENGINESTART/STOP button while turning thesteering wheel right and left to releasethe tension.

ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD059002

Not illuminated

CAUTIONYou are able to turn off the engine(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON),only when the vehicle is not inmotion. In an emergency situationwhile the vehicle is in motion, you areable to turn the engine off and to theACC position by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for more than 2seconds or 3 times successively with-in 3 seconds. If the vehicle is still mov-ing, you can restart the engine with-out depressing the brake pedal bypressing the ENGINE START/STOPbutton with the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position.

5 7


E030202AHM

ACC(Accessory)

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The steering wheel unlocks and electri-cal accessories are operational.If the ENGINE START/STOP button is inthe ACC position for more than 1 hour,the button is turned off automatically toprevent battery discharge.

E030203AHM

ON

Press the ENGINE START/STOP buttonwhile it is in the ACC position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.The warning lights can be checkedbefore the engine is started. Do not leavethe ENGINE START/STOP button in theON position for a long time. The batterymay discharge, because the engine isnot running.

E030704ATD

START/RUN

To start the engine, depress the brakepedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button with the shift lever in the P(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. Foryour safety, start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you press the ENGINE START/STOPbutton without depressing the brakepedal, the engine will not start and thebutton will change as follow: OFF ➔➔ACC ➔➔ ON ➔➔ OFF

Orange indicator Green indicator Not illuminated


85

E030205AHM

✽✽ NOTICEIf you leave the ENGINE START/ STOPbutton in the ACC or ON position for along time, the battery will discharge.

WARNING• Never press the ENGINE START/

STOP button while the vehicle isin motion. This would result inloss of directional control andbraking function, which couldcause an accident.

• The anti-theft steering columnlock is not a substitute for theparking brake. Before leaving thedriver's seat, always make surethe shift lever is engaged in P(Park), set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off.Unexpected and sudden vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not taken.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Never reach for the ENGINE

START/STOP button or any othercontrols through the steeringwheel while the vehicle is inmotion. The presence of yourhand or arm in the area couldcause loss of vehicle control, anaccident and serious bodilyinjury or death.

• Do not place any movable objectsaround the driver's seat as theymay move while driving, interferewith the driver and lead to anaccident.

5 9


E040000APB

E040100ATD-EU

Starting the engine with an igni-tion key (if equipped)

1. Make sure the parking brake isapplied.

2. Manual Transaxle - Depress theclutch pedal fully and shift thetransaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutchpedal and brake pedal depressedwhile turning the ignition switch to thestart position.Automatic Transaxle - Place thetransaxle shift lever in P (Park).Depress the brake pedal fully.You can also start the engine whenthe shift lever is in the N (Neutral)position.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andhold it there until the engine starts (amaximum of 10 seconds), thenrelease the key.

4. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle hasnot been operated for several days, letthe engine warm up without depress-ing the accelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressingthe accelerator.

STARTING THE ENGINE

WARNINGAlways wear appropriate shoeswhen operating your vehicle.Unsuitable shoes (high heels, skiboots,etc.) may interfere with yourability to use the brake, acceleratorpedal, and clutch (if equipped).

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicleis in motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shift leverin the N (Neutral) position while thevehicle is still moving and turn theignition switch to the START posi-tion in an attempt to restart theengine.

CAUTIONDo not engage the starter for morethan 10 seconds. If the engine stallsor fails to start, wait 5 to 10 secondsbefore re-engaging the starter.Improper use of the starter maydamage it.


105

E040300ATD-EU

Starting the engine with a smartkey (if equipped)1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside

the vehicle.2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly

applied3. Place the transaxle shift lever in P

(Park).4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP but-

ton while depressing the brake pedal.5. In extremely cold weather (below -18°C

/ 0°F) or after the vehicle has not beenoperated for several days, let theengine warm up without depressing theaccelerator.

Whether the engine is cold or warm, itshould be started without depressing theaccelerator.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,if it is far away from you, the enginemay not start.

• When the ENGINE START/STOP but-ton is in the ACC position or above, ifany door is opened, the system checksfor the smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the warning "Key is notin vehicle" will illuminate on the LCDdisplay. And if all doors are closed, thechime will sound for 5 seconds. Theindicator or warning will turn off whilethe vehicle is moving. Always have thesmart key with you.

WARNINGThe engine will start, only when thesmart key is in the vehicle.Never allow children or any personwho is unfamiliar with the vehicletouch the ENGINE START/STOPbutton or related parts.

CAUTIONIf the engine stalls while the vehicleis in motion, do not attempt to movethe shift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion. If the traffic and road condi-tions permit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still moving andpress the ENGINE START/STOPbutton in an attempt to restart theengine.

OTD059005

5 11


✽✽ NOTICE• If the battery is weak or the smart key

does not work correctly, you can startthe engine by inserting the smart keyin the smart key holder. When youpull out the smart key from the smartkey holder, press the smart key andpull it out.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you

can't start the engine normally.Replace the fuse with a new one. If itis not possible, you can start theengine by pressing the ENGINESTART/STOP button for 10 secondswhile it is in the ACC position. Theengine can start without depressingthe brake pedal. But for your safetyalways depress the brake pedal beforestarting the engine.

CAUTIONDo not press the ENGINE START/STOP button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lampfuse is blown.

OTD051004


125

E050000AUN

E050100ATD

Manual transaxle operationThe manual transaxle has 6 forwardgears.This shift pattern is imprinted on the shiftknob. The transaxle is fully synchronizedin all forward gears so shifting to either ahigher or a lower gear is easily accom-plished.Depress the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, then release it slowly.If your vehicle is equipped with an igni-tion lock switch, the engine will not startwhen starting the engine withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.The shift lever must be returned to theneutral position before shifting into R(Reverse). The ring (1) located below theshift knob must be pulled upward whilemoving the shift lever to the R (Reverse)position.Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into R (Reverse).Never operate the engine with thetachometer (rpm) in the red zone.

MANUAL TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD051006

The shift lever can be moved withoutpulling the ring (1).

The ring (1) must be pulled while mov-ing the shift lever.

CAUTION• When downshifting from fifth

gear to fourth gear, cautionshould be taken not to inadver-tently press the shift lever side-ways in such a manner that thesecond gear is engaged. Such adrastic downshift may cause theengine speed to increase to thepoint that the tachometer willenter the red-zone. Such over-revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine and transaxledamage.

• Do not downshift more than 2gears or downshift the gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed (5,000 RPM or higher).Such a downshifting may damagethe engine and transaxle.

5 13


• During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transaxle lubricant iswarmed up. This is normal and notharmful to the transaxle.

• If you've come to a complete stop andit's hard to shift into 1st or R (Reverse),leave the shift lever at neutral positionand release the clutch. Depress theclutch pedal back down, and then shiftinto 1st or R (Reverse) gear position.

E050101APB

Using the clutchThe clutch should be depressed all theway to the floor before shifting, thenreleased slowly. The clutch pedal shouldalways be fully released while driving. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedalwhile driving. This can cause unneces-sary wear. Do not partially engage theclutch to hold the vehicle on an incline.This causes unnecessary wear. Use thefoot brake or parking brake to hold thevehicle on an incline. Do not operate theclutch pedal rapidly and repeatedly.

E050102APB

DownshiftingWhen you must slow down in heavy traf-fic or while driving up steep hills, down-shift before the engine starts to labor.Downshifting reduces the chance ofstalling and gives better accelerationwhen you need to increase your speedagain. When the vehicle is traveling downsteep hills, downshifting helps maintainsafe speed and prolongs brake life.

CAUTION• To avoid premature clutch wear

and damage, do not drive withyour foot resting on the clutchpedal. Also, don’t use the clutchto hold the vehicle on an uphillgrade, while waiting for a trafficlight, etc.

• Do not use the shift lever as ahandrest during driving, as thiscan result in premature wear ofthe transaxle shift forks.

WARNING• Before leaving the driver’s seat,

always set the parking brake fullyand shut the engine off. Thenmake sure the transaxle is shiftedinto 1st gear when the vehicle isparked on a level or uphill grade,and shifted into R (Reverse) on adownhill grade. Unexpected andsudden vehicle movement canoccur if these precautions are notfollowed in the order identified.


145

E050200APB

Good driving practices• Never take the vehicle out of gear and

coast down a hill. This is extremelyhazardous. Always leave the vehicle ingear.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction.Instead, when you are driving down along hill, shift to a lower gear. Whenyou do this, engine braking will helpslow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. This will help avoid over-revvingthe engine, which can cause damage.

• Slow down when you encounter crosswinds. This gives you much better con-trol of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse). The transaxle can bedamaged if you do not. To shift into R(Reverse), depress the clutch, movethe shift lever to neutral, wait three sec-onds, then shift to the R (Reverse)position.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Losing control often occurs if twoor more wheels drop off the road-way and the driver oversteers toreenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.

5 15


E060000ATD

E060100ATD-EU

Automatic transaxle operationThe automatic transaxle has 6 forwardspeeds and one reverse speed. The indi-vidual speeds are selected automatically,depending on the position of the shiftlever.

✽✽ NOTICEThe first few shifts on a new vehicle, ifthe battery has been disconnected, maybe somewhat abrupt. This is a normalcondition, and the shifting sequence willadjust after shifts are cycled a few timesby the TCM (Transaxle ControlModule) or PCM (Powertrain ControlModule).

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE (IF EQUIPPED)

OTD051007

Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.

The shift lever can be shifted freely.

Press the button when shifting.

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

Lock releasebutton


165

For smooth operation, depress the brakepedal when shifting from N (Neutral) to aforward or reverse gear.

E060101ATD-EU

Transaxle rangesThe indicator light in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever position whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

P (Park)Always come to a complete stop beforeshifting into P (Park). This position locksthe transaxle and prevents the frontwheels from rotating.

WARNING - Automatictransaxle

• Always check the surroundingareas near your vehicle for peo-ple, especially children, beforeshifting a shift lever into D (Drive)or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’s seat,always make sure the shift leveris in the P (Park) position; thenset the parking brake fully andshut the engine off. Unexpectedand sudden vehicle movementcan occur if these precautionsare not followed in the order iden-tified.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to your

transaxle, do not accelerate theengine in R (Reverse) or any for-ward gear position with thebrakes on.

• When stopped on an upgrade, donot hold the vehicle with enginepower. Use the service brake orthe parking brake.

• Do not shift from N (Neutral) or P(Park) into D (Drive), or R(Reverse) when the engine isabove idle speed.

5 17


R (Reverse)Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

N (Neutral)The wheels and transaxle are notengaged. The vehicle will roll freely evenon the slightest incline unless the parkingbrake or service brakes are applied.

D (Drive)This is the normal forward driving posi-tion. The transaxle will automatically shiftthrough a 6-gear sequence, providing thebest fuel economy and power.

For extra power when passing anothervehicle or climbing grades, depress theaccelerator fully, at which time thetransaxle will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear.

✽✽ NOTICEAlways come to a complete stop beforeshifting into D (Drive).

WARNING• Shifting into P (Park) while the

vehicle is in motion will cause thedrive wheels to lock which willcause you to lose control of thevehicle.

• Do not use the P (Park) positionin place of the parking brake.Always make sure the shift leveris latched in the P (Park) positionand set the parking brake fully.

• Never leave a child unattended ina vehicle.

CAUTIONThe transaxle may be damaged ifyou shift into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion.

CAUTIONAlways come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransaxle if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion, except when “Rocking theVehicle” explained in this section.


185

Sports modeWhether the vehicle is stopped or inmotion, sports mode is selected by push-ing the shift lever from the D (Drive) posi-tion into the manual gate. To return to D(Drive) range operation, push the shiftlever back into the main gate.

In sports mode, moving the shift leverbackwards and forwards will allow you tomake gearshifts rapidly. In contrast to amanual transaxle, the sports modeallows gearshifts with the acceleratorpedal depressed.

Up (+) : Push the lever forward once toshift up one gear.

Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards onceto shift down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICE• In sports mode, the driver must exe-

cute upshifts in accordance with roadconditions, taking care to keep theengine speed below the red zone.

• In sports mode, only the 6 forwardgears can be selected. To reverse orpark the vehicle, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) or P (Park) positionas required.

• In sports mode, downshifts are madeautomatically when the vehicle slowsdown. When the vehicle stops, 1st gearis automatically selected.

• In sports mode, when the engine rpmapproaches the red zone shift pointsare varied to upshift automatically.

• To maintain the required levels ofvehicle performance and safety, thesystem may not execute certaingearshifts when the shift lever is oper-ated.

(Continued)

(Continued)• When driving on a slippery road,

push the shift lever forward into the+(up) position. This causes thetransaxle to shift into the 2nd (or 3rd)gear which is better for smooth driv-ing on a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the -(down) side to shift backto the 1st gear.

OTD051008

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

- (DOWN)

Sports mode

5 19


Paddle shifter (if equipped)The paddle shifter is available when theshift lever is in the D position or the sportmode.

With the shift lever in the D position The paddle shifter can operate when thevehicle speed is more than 10km/h.Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear and the systemchanges from automatic mode to manualmode.If the vehicle speed is lower than 10km/h,if you depressing the accelerator pedalfor more than 7 seconds or if you shift theshift lever from D to sports mode andshift it from sports mode to D again, thesystem change from manual mode toautomatic mode.

With the shift lever in the sports mode Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once toshift up or down one gear.

✽✽ NOTICEIf you pull the [+] and [-] paddle shiftersat the same time, you can't shift the gear.

E060102ATD

Shift lock system (if equipped)For your safety, the automatic transaxlehas a shift lock system which preventsshifting the transaxle out of P (Park)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R(Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or turn the ignition

switch to the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.If the brake pedal is repeatedlydepressed and released with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position, a chatteringnoise near the shift lever may be heard.This is a normal condition.

OTD051041

WARNINGAlways fully depress the brakepedal before and while shifting outof the P (Park) position into anoth-er position to avoid inadvertentmotion of the vehicle which couldinjure persons in or around thevehicle.


205

Shift-lock overrideIf the shift lever cannot be moved fromthe P (Park) or N (Neutral) position intothe R (Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depressingthe brake, then do the following:

Type A1. Carefully remove the cap covering the

shift-lock access hole (1).2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the

access hole and press down on thekey (or screwdriver).

3. Move the shift lever.4. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized KIA dealer immediately.

Type B1. Press the shift-lock release button.2. Move the shift lever.3. Have your vehicle inspected by an

authorized KIA dealer immediately.

E060103AUN

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

OTD051040N

OTD051009

■ Type A

■ Type B

5 21


E060200APB

Good driving practices• Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other posi-tion with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)when the vehicle is in motion.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shift intoR (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Never take the vehicle out of gear andcoast down a hill. This may beextremely hazardous. Always leave thecar in gear when moving.

• Do not "ride" the brakes. This cancause them to overheat and malfunc-tion. Instead, when you are drivingdown a long hill, slow down and shift toa lower gear. When you do this, enginebraking will help slow down the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to a lowergear. Otherwise, the lower gear maynot be engaged.

• Always use the parking brake. Do notdepend on placing the transaxle in P(Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

• Exercise extreme caution when drivingon a slippery surface. Be especiallycareful when braking, accelerating orshifting gears. On a slippery surface,an abrupt change in vehicle speed cancause the drive wheels to lose tractionand the vehicle to go out of control.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing the accelera-tor pedal.

WARNING• Always buckle-up! In a collision,

an unbelted occupant is signifi-cantly more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed than a properlybelted occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when corner-ing or turning.

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such as sharplane changes or fast, sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose control ofyour vehicle at highway speeds.

• Losing control often occurs if twoor more wheels drop off the road-way and the driver oversteers toreenter the roadway.

• In the event your vehicle leavesthe roadway, do not steer sharply.Instead, slow down before pullingback into the travel lanes.

• Never exceed posted speed lim-its.


225

E060203AFD

Moving up a steep grade from a stand-ing startTo move up a steep grade from a stand-ing start, depress the brake pedal, shiftthe shift lever to D (Drive). Select theappropriate gear depending on loadweight and steepness of the grade, andrelease the parking brake. Depress theaccelerator gradually while releasing theservice brakes.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward of backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 23


E070100AUN

Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assisted brakesthat adjust automatically through normalusage.In the event that the power-assistedbrakes lose power because of a stalledengine or some other reason, you canstill stop your vehicle by applying greaterforce to the brake pedal than you nor-mally would. The stopping distance, how-ever, will be longer.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partially depletedeach time the brake pedal is applied. Donot pump the brake pedal when thepower assist has been interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only when neces-sary to maintain steering control on slip-pery surfaces.

E070101AUN

In the event of brake failure If service brakes fail to operate while thevehicle is in motion, you can make anemergency stop with the parking brake.The stopping distance, however, will bemuch greater than normal.

BRAKE SYSTEM

(Continued)• When descending a long or steep

hill, shift to a lower gear andavoid continuous application ofthe brakes. Continuous brakeapplication will cause the brakesto overheat and could result in atemporary loss of braking per-formance.

• Wet brakes may impair the vehi-cle’s ability to sefely slow down;the vehicle may also pull to oneside when the brakes are applied.Applying the brakes lightly willindicate whether they have beenaffected in this way. Always testyour brakes in this fashion afterdriving through deep water. Todry the brakes, apply them lightlywhile maintaining a safe forwardspeed until brake performancereturns to normal.

WARNING - Parking brakeApplying the parking brake whilethe vehicle is moving at normalspeeds can cause a sudden loss ofcontrol of the vehicle. If you mustuse the parking brake to stop thevehicle, use great caution in apply-ing the brake.

WARNING - Brakes• Do not drive with your foot rest-

ing on the brake pedal. This willcreate abnormal high brake tem-peratures, excessive brake liningand pad wear, and increasedstopping distances.

(Continued)


245

E070102AHM

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn and newpads are required, you will hear a high-pitched warning sound from your frontbrakes or rear brakes (if equipped). Youmay hear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depress thebrake pedal.Please remember that some driving con-ditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when you first apply (or lightlyapply) the brakes. This is normal anddoes not indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

E070106APB

Rear drum brakes (if equipped)Your rear drum brakes do not have wearindicators. Therefore, have the rear brakelinings inspected if you hear a rubbingnoise. Also have your rear brakesinspected each time you change orrotate your tires and when you have thefront brakes replaced.

Parking brake E070201APB

Applying the parking brakeTo engage the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and then without pressingthe release button in, pull the parkingbrake lever up as far as possible. In addi-tion it is recommended that when parkingthe vehicle on a gradient, the shift levershould be positioned in the appropriatelow gear for manual transaxle vehicles orin the P (Park) position for automatictransaxle vehicles.

WARNING - Brake wearThis brake wear warning soundmeans your vehicle needs service.If you ignore this audible warning,you will eventually lose brakingperformance, which could lead to aserious accident.

CAUTION• To avoid costly brake repairs, do

not continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

• Always replace the front or rearbrake pads as pairs.

CAUTIONDriving with the parking brakeapplied will cause excessive brakepad (or lining) and brake rotor wear.

OTD059010

5 25


E070202APB

Releasing the parking brakeTo release the parking brake, first applythe foot brake and pull up the parkingbrake lever slightly. Secondly, press therelease button (1) and lower the parkingbrake lever (2) while holding the button.

Check the brake warning light by turningthe ignition switch ON (do not start theengine).This light will illuminate when theparking brake is applied with the ignitionswitch in the START or ON position.Before driving, be sure the parking brakeis fully released and the brake warninglight is off.If the brake warning light remains onafter the parking brake is released whilethe engine is running, there may be amalfunction in the brake system.Immediate attention is necessary.If at all possible, stop driving the vehicleimmediately. If that is not possible, useextreme caution while operating the vehi-cle and only continue to drive the vehicleuntil you can reach a safe location orrepair shop.

WARNING• To prevent unintentional move-

ment when stopped and leavingthe vehicle, do not use the shiftlever instead of the parkingbrake. Set the parking brake ANDmake sure the shift lever issecurely positioned in 1st (First)gear or R (Reverse) for manualtransaxle equipped vehicles andin P (Park) for automatictransaxle equipped vehicles.

• Never allow anyone who is unfa-miliar with the vehicle to touchthe parking brake. If the parkingbrake is released unintentionally,serious injury may occur.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.

OTD059011 W-75


265

E070300AHM-EC

Anti-lock brake system (ABS) The ABS continuously senses the speedof the wheels. If the wheels are going tolock, the ABS system repeatedly modu-lates the hydraulic brake pressure to thewheels.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ABS is active.In order to obtain the maximum benefitfrom your ABS in an emergency situa-tion, do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try to pumpyour brakes. Press your brake pedal ashard as possible or as hard as the situa-tion allows the ABS to control the forcebeing delivered to the brakes.

WARNINGABS (or ESC) will not prevent acci-dents due to improper or danger-ous driving maneuvers. Eventhough vehicle control is improvedduring emergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distance betweenyou and objects ahead. Vehiclespeeds should always be reducedduring extreme road conditions.The braking distance for vehiclesequipped with an anti-lock brakingsystem (Electronic Stability ControlSystem) may be longer than forthose without it in the followingroad conditions.During these conditions the vehicleshould be driven at reducedspeeds:• Rough, gravel or snow-covered

roads.• On roads where the road surface

is pitted or has different surfaceheight.

(Continued)

(Continued)The safety features of an ABS (orESC) equipped vehicle should notbe tested by high speed driving orcornering. This could endanger thesafety of yourself or others.

5 27


✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the anti-lock brake systemis functioning properly.

• Even with the anti-lock brake system,your vehicle still requires sufficientstopping distance. Always maintain asafe distance from the vehicle in frontof you.

• Always slow down when cornering.The anti-lock brake system cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from exces-sive speeds.

• On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake systemmay result in a longer stopping dis-tance than for vehicles equipped with aconventional brake system.

✽✽ NOTICEWhen you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the enginemay not run as smoothly and the ABSwarning light may turn on at the sametime. This happens because of the lowbattery voltage. It does not mean yourABS has malfunctioned.• Do not pump your brakes!• Have the battery recharged before

driving the vehicle.

W-78

CAUTION• If the ABS warning light is on and

stays on, you may have a problemwith the ABS. In this case, howev-er, your regular brakes will worknormally.

• The ABS warning light will stay onfor approximately 3 seconds afterthe ignition switch is ON. Duringthat time, the ABS will go throughself-diagnosis and the light will gooff if everything is normal. If thelight stays on, you may have aproblem with your ABS. Contactan authorized KIA dealer as soonas possible.

CAUTION• When you drive on a road with

poor traction, such as an icy road,and have operated your brakescontinuously, the ABS will beactive continuously and the ABSwarning light may illuminate. Pullyour vehicle over to a safe placeand stop the engine.

• Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSsystem is normal. Otherwise, youmay have a problem with the ABS.Contact an authorized KIA dealeras soon as possible.


285

E070500AHM-EU

Electronic stability control (ESC)(If equipped)The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is designed to stabilize the vehicleduring cornering maneuvers. ESC checkswhere you are steering and where thevehicle is actually going. ESC applies thebrakes on individual wheels andintervenes with the engine managementsystem to stabilize the vehicle.

The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)system is an electronic system designedto help the driver maintain vehicle controlunder adverse conditions. It is not asubstitute for safe driving practices.Factors including speed, road conditionsand driver steering input can all affectwhether ESC will be effective inpreventing a loss of control. It is still yourresponsibility to drive and corner atreasonable speeds and to leave asufficient margin of safety.When you apply your brakes under con-ditions which may lock the wheels, youmay hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sensationin the brake pedal. This is normal and itmeans your ESC is active.

✽✽ NOTICEA click sound may be heard in theengine compartment when the vehiclebegins to move after the engine is start-ed. These conditions are normal andindicate that the Electronic StabilityControl System is functioning properly.

WARNINGNever drive too fast according tothe road conditions or too quicklywhen cornering. Electronic stabilitycontrol (ESC) will not prevent acci-dents. Excessive speed in turns,abrupt maneuvers and hydroplan-ing on wet surfaces can still resultin serious accidents. Only a safeand attentive driver can preventaccidents by avoiding maneuversthat cause the vehicle to lose trac-tion. Even with ESC installed,always follow all the normal precau-tions for driving - including drivingat safe speeds for the conditions.

OTD059015

5 29


E070501AUN-EU

ESC operationESC ON condition

• When the ignition is turnedON, ESC and ESC OFF indi-cator lights illuminate forapproximately 3 seconds,then ESC is turned on.

• Press the ESC OFF buttonfor at least half a second afterturning the ignition ON to turnESC off. (ESC OFF indicatorwill illuminate). To turn theESC on, press the ESC OFFbutton (ESC OFF indicatorlight will go off).

• When starting the engine,you may hear a slight tickingsound. This is the ESC per-forming an automatic systemself-check and does not indi-cate a problem.

When operatingWhen the ESC is in operation,ESC indicator light blinks.• When the Electronic Stability

Control is operating properly,you can feel a slight pulsationin the vehicle. This is only theeffect of brake control andindicates nothing unusual.

• When moving out of the mudor slippery road, pressing theaccelerator pedal may notcause the engine rpm (revo-lutions per minute) toincrease.

E070502AUN-EU

ESC operation offESC OFF state

• To cancel ESC operation,press the ESC OFF button(ESC OFF indicator light illu-minates).

• If the ignition switch is turnedto LOCK position when ESCis off, ESC remains off. Uponrestarting the engine, theESC will automatically turnon again.

-


305

E070503AUN-EU

Indicator lightWhen the ignition switch is turned ON,the indicator light illuminates, then goesoff if ESC system is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating.The ESC indicator light blinks wheneverESC is operating or illuminates whenESC fails to operate.The ESC OFF indicator light comes onwhen the ESC is turned off with the but-ton.

E070504ATD-EU

ESC OFF usageWhen driving• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC turned

on for daily driving whenever possible.• To turn ESC off while driving, press the

ESC OFF button while driving on a flatroad surface.

Never press the ESC OFF button whileESC is operating (ESC indicator lightblinks).If ESC is turned off while ESC is operat-ing, the vehicle may slip out of control.

✽✽ NOTICE• When operating the vehicle on a

dynamometer, ensure that the ESC isturned off (ESC OFF light illuminat-ed). If the ESC is left on, it may pre-vent the vehicle speed from increas-ing, and result in false diagnosis.

• Turning the ESC off does not affectthe ABS or brake system operation.

■ ESC indicator light

■ ESC OFF indicator light

CAUTIONDriving with varying tire or wheelsizes may cause the ESC system tomalfunction. When replacing tires,make sure they are the same size asyour original tires.

WARNINGThe Electronic Stability Control sys-tem is only a driving aid; use pre-cautions for safe driving by slowingdown on curved, snowy, or icyroads. Drive slowly and don’tattempt to accelerate whenever theESC indicator light is blinking, orwhen the road surface is slippery.

5 31


E070600ATD

Good braking practices

• Check to be sure the parking brake isnot engaged and that the parkingbrake indicator light is out before driv-ing away.

• Driving through water may get thebrakes wet. They can also get wetwhen the vehicle is washed. Wetbrakes can be dangerous! Your vehiclewill not stop as quickly if the brakes arewet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicleto pull to one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returns tonormal, taking care to keep the vehicleunder control at all times. If the brakingaction does not return to normal, stopas soon as it is safe to do so and callan authorized KIA dealer for assis-tance.

• Don't coast down hills with the vehicleout of gear. This is extremely haz-ardous. Keep the vehicle in gear at alltimes, use the brakes to slow down,then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain asafe speed.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Restingyour foot on the brake pedal while driv-ing can be dangerous because thebrakes might overheat and lose theireffectiveness. It also increases thewear of the brake components.

WARNINGNever press the ESC OFF buttonwhile ESC is operating.If the ESC is turned off while ESC isoperating, the vehicle may go out ofcontrol.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while drivingon a flat road surface.

WARNING• Whenever you leave or park your

vehicle, always set the parkingbrake as far as possible and fullyengage the vehicle's transaxleinto the P (Park) position. If theparking brake is not fullyengaged, the vehicle may moveinadvertently and injure yourselfand others.

• All vehicles should always havethe parking brake fully engagedwhen parking to avoid inadver-tent movement of the vehiclewhich can injure occupants orpedestrians.


325

• If a tire goes flat while you are driving,apply the brakes gently and keep thevehicle pointed straight ahead whileyou slow down. When you are movingslowly enough for it to be safe to do so,pull off the road and stop in a safeplace.

• If your vehicle is equipped with anautomatic transaxle, don't let your vehi-cle creep forward. To avoid creepingforward, keep your foot firmly on thebrake pedal when the vehicle isstopped.

• Be cautious when parking on a hill.Firmly engage the parking brake andplace the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle). If your vehicle isfacing downhill, turn the front wheelsinto the curb to help keep the vehiclefrom rolling. If your vehicle is facinguphill, turn the front wheels away fromthe curb to help keep the vehicle fromrolling. If there is no curb or if it isrequired by other conditions to keepthe vehicle from rolling, block thewheels.

• Under some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged posi-tion. This is most likely to happen whenthere is an accumulation of snow or icearound or near the rear brakes or if thebrakes are wet. If there is a risk that theparking brake may freeze, apply it onlytemporarily while you put the shift leverin P (automatic transaxle) or in first orreverse gear (manual transaxle) andblock the rear wheels so the vehiclecannot roll. Then release the parkingbrake.

• Do not hold the vehicle on the upgradewith the accelerator pedal. This cancause the transaxle to overheat.Always use the brake pedal or parkingbrake.

5 33


E090000AHM-EU

The cruise control system allows you toprogram the vehicle to maintain a con-stant speed without depressing theaccelerator pedal.This system is designed to functionabove approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

✽✽ NOTICEDuring normal cruise control operation,when the SET switch is activated orreactivated after applying the brakes,the cruise control will energize afterapproximately 3 seconds. This delay isnormal.

E090100ATD-EU

To set cruise control speed:1. Press the CRUISE ON-OFF button on

the steering wheel to turn the systemon. The CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed, whichmust be more than 40 km/h (25 mph).

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING• If the cruise control is left on,

(CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster illuminated)the cruise control can beswitched on accidentally. Keepthe cruise control system off(CRUISE indicator light OFF)when the cruise control is not inuse, to avoid inadvertently set-ting a speed.

• Use the cruise control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the cruise controlwhen it may not be safe to keepthe vehicle at a constant speed,for instance, driving in heavy orvarying traffic, or on slippery(rainy, icy or snow-covered) orwinding roads or over 6% up-hillor down-hill roads.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Pay particular attention to the

driving conditions wheneverusing the cruise control system.

• Be careful when driving downhillusing the cruise control system,which may increase the vehiclespeed.

OTD059020LCAUTION

During cruise-speed driving of amanual transaxle vehicle, do notshift into neutral without depress-ing the clutch pedal, since theengine will be overrevved. If thishappens, depress the clutch pedalor release the cruise control ON-OFF switch.


345

3. Move the lever (1) down (to SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed. TheSET indicator light in the instrumentcluster will illuminate. Release the accel-erator at the same time. The desiredspeed will automatically be maintained.

On a steep grade, the vehicle may slowdown or speed up slightly while goingdownhill.

E090200ATD-EU

To increase cruise control setspeed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) and

hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate.Release the lever at the speed youwant.

• Move the lever (1) up (to RES+) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will increase by 1.6 km/h (1.0mph) each time the lever is operated inthis manner.

E090300ATD-EU

To decrease the cruising speed:Follow either of these procedures:• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) and

hold it. Your vehicle will gradually slowdown. Release the lever at the speedyou want to maintain.

• Move the lever (1) down (to SET-) andrelease it immediately. The cruisingspeed will decrease by 1.6 km/h (1.0mph) each time the lever is operated inthis manner.

OTD059021L OTD059022L OTD059021L

5 35


E090400ATD

To temporarily accelerate with thecruise control on:If you want to speed up temporarily whenthe cruise control is on, depress theaccelerator pedal. Increased speed willnot interfere with the cruise control oper-ation or change the set speed.To return to the set speed, take your footoff the accelerator.

E090500ATD-EU

To cancel cruise control, do oneof the following:• Depress the brake pedal.• Depress the clutch pedal with a manu-

al transaxle.• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic

transaxle.• Press the CANCEL switch.• Decrease the vehicle speed lower than

the memory speed by 15 km/h (9 mph).• Decrease the vehicle speed to less

than approximately 40 km/h (25 mph).

Each of these actions will cancel cruisecontrol operation (the SET indicator lightin the instrument cluster will go off), but itwill not turn the system off. If you wish toresume cruise control operation, movethe lever up (to RES+). You will return toyour previously preset speed.

OTD059023L


365

E090600ATD-EU

To resume cruising speed atmore than approximately 40 km/h(25 mph):If any method other than the CRUISEON-OFF switch was used to cancelcruising speed and the system is stillactivated, the most recent set speed willautomatically resume when you movethe lever (1) up (to RES+).It will not resume, however, if the vehiclespeed has dropped below approximately40 km/h (25 mph).

E090700ATD

To turn cruise control off, do oneof the following:• Press the CRUISE ON-OFF button

(the CRUISE indicator light in theinstrument cluster will go off).

• Turn the ignition off.Both of these actions will cancel thecruise control operation. If you want toresume the cruise control operation,repeat the steps provided in “To setcruise control speed” on the previouspage.OTD059022L

5 37


E100000AHM-EC

Your vehicle's fuel economy dependsmainly on your style of driving, where youdrive and when you drive.Each of these factors affects how manykilometers (miles) you can get from aliter (gallon) of fuel. To operate your vehi-cle as economically as possible, use thefollowing driving suggestions to helpsave money in both fuel and repairs:• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moder-

ate rate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" startsor full-throttle shifts and maintain asteady cruising speed. Don't racebetween stoplights. Try to adjust yourspeed to the traffic so you don't have tochange speeds unnecessarily. Avoidheavy traffic whenever possible.Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unnec-essary braking. This also reducesbrake wear.

• Drive at a moderate speed. The fasteryou drive, the more fuel your vehicleuses. Driving at a moderate speed,especially on the highway, is one of themost effective ways to reduce fuel con-sumption.

• Don't "ride" the brake pedal. This canincrease fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components.In addition, driving with your foot rest-ing on the brake pedal may cause thebrakes to overheat, which reducestheir effectiveness and may lead tomore serious consequences.

• Take care of your tires. Keep theminflated to the recommended pressure.Incorrect inflation, either too much ortoo little, results in unnecessary tirewear. Check the tire pressures at leastonce a month.

• Be sure that the wheels are alignedcorrectly. Improper alignment canresult from hitting curbs or driving toofast over irregular surfaces. Poor align-ment causes faster tire wear and mayalso result in other problems as well asgreater fuel consumption.

• Keep your vehicle in good condition.For better fuel economy and reducedmaintenance costs, maintain your vehi-cle in accordance with the mainte-nance schedule in section 7. If youdrive your vehicle in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required(see section 7 for details).

• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximumservice, your vehicle should be keptclean and free of corrosive materials. Itis especially important that mud, dirt,ice, etc. not be allowed to accumulateon the underside of the vehicle. Thisextra weight can result in increasedfuel consumption and also contributeto corrosion.

• Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessaryweight in your vehicle. Weight reducesfuel economy.

• Don't let the engine idle longer thannecessary. If you are waiting (and notin traffic), turn off your engine andrestart only when you're ready to go.

ECONOMICAL OPERATION


385

• Remember, your vehicle does notrequire extended warm-up. After theengine has started, allow the engine torun for 10 to 20 seconds prior to plac-ing the vehicle in gear. In very coldweather, however, give your engine aslightly longer warm-up period.

• Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine.Lugging is driving too slowly in a veryhigh gear resulting in engine bucking. Ifthis happens, shift to a lower gear.Over-revving is racing the enginebeyond its safe limit. This can be avoid-ed by shifting at the recommendedspeed.

• Use your air conditioning sparingly.The air conditioning system is operat-ed by engine power so your fuel econ-omy is reduced when you use it.

• Open windows at high speeds canreduce fuel economy.

• Fuel economy is less in crosswindsand headwinds. To help offset some ofthis loss, slow down when driving inthese conditions.

Keeping a vehicle in good operating con-dition is important both for economy andsafety. Therefore, have an authorized KIAdealer perform scheduled inspectionsand maintenance.

WARNING - Engine off dur-ing motion

Never turn the engine off to coastdown hills or anytime the vehicle isin motion. The power steering andpower brakes will not functionproperly without the engine run-ning. Instead, keep the engine onand downshift to an appropriategear for engine braking effect. Inaddition, turning off the ignitionwhile driving could engage thesteering wheel lock resulting inloss of vehicle steering whichcould cause serious injury ordeath.

5 39


E110100APA-EC

Hazardous driving conditions When hazardous driving conditions areencountered such as water, snow, ice,mud, sand, or similar hazards, followthese suggestions:• Drive cautiously and allow extra dis-

tance for braking.• Avoid sudden braking or steering.• When braking with non-ABS brakes

pump the brake pedal with a light up-and-down motion until the vehicle isstopped.

• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, usesecond gear. Accelerate slowly toavoid spinning the drive wheels.

• Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slipmaterial under the drive wheels to pro-vide traction when stalled in ice, snow,or mud.

E110200AAM-EU

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to freeit from snow, sand, or mud, first turn thesteering wheel right and left to clear thearea around your front wheels. Then, shiftback and forth between 1st (First) and R(Reverse) in vehicles equipped with amanual transaxle or R (Reverse) and anyforward gear in vehicles equipped with anautomatic transaxle. Do not race theengine, and spin the wheels as little aspossible. If you are still stuck after a fewtries, have the vehicle pulled out by a towvehicle to avoid engine overheating andpossible damage to the transaxle.

SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

WARNING - DownshiftingDownshifting with an automatictransaxle, while driving on slipperysurfaces can cause an accident.The sudden change in tire speedcould cause the tires to skid. Becareful when downshifting on slip-pery surfaces.

WARNING - ABSDo not pump the brake pedal on avehicle equipped with ABS. CAUTION

Prolonged rocking may causeengine overheating, transaxle dam-age or failure, and tire damage.


405

✽✽ NOTICEThe ESC system (if equipped) should beturned OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. E110300AUN

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing in cor-ners, especially when roads are wet.Ideally, corners should always be takenunder gentle acceleration. If you followthese suggestions, tire wear will be heldto a minimum.

E110400AUN

Driving at night Because night driving presents morehazards than driving in the daylight, hereare some important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more distance

between you and other vehicles, as itmay be more difficult to see at night,especially in areas where there maynot be any street lights.

OUN056051 OMC035004

WARNING - Spinning tiresDo not spin the wheels, especiallyat speeds more than 56 km/h (35mph). Spinning the wheels at highspeeds when the vehicle is station-ary could cause a tire to overheatwhich could result in tire damagethat may injure bystanders.

WARNINGIf your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then youmay attempt to rock the vehicle freeby moving it forward and backward.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle. During the rockingoperation the vehicle may suddenlymove forward or backward as itbecomes unstuck, causing injuryor damage to nearby people orobjects.

5 41


• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glarefrom other driver's headlights.

• Keep your headlights clean and prop-erly aimed on vehicles not equippedwith the automatic headlight aimingfeature. Dirty or improperly aimedheadlights will make it much more diffi-cult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the headlightsof oncoming vehicles. You could betemporarily blinded, and it will takeseveral seconds for your eyes to read-just to the darkness.

E110500AUN

Driving in the rain Rain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous, especially if you’re not pre-pared for the slick pavement. Here are afew things to consider when driving in therain:• A heavy rainfall will make it harder to

see and will increase the distanceneeded to stop your vehicle, so slowdown.

• Keep your windshield wiping equip-ment in good shape. Replace yourwindshield wiper blades when theyshow signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield.

• If your tires are not in good condition,making a quick stop on wet pavementcan cause a skid and possibly lead toan accident. Be sure your tires are ingood shape.

• Turn on your headlights to make it eas-ier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large puddlescan affect your brakes. If you must gothrough puddles, try to drive throughthem slowly.

• If you believe you may have gottenyour brakes wet, apply them lightlywhile driving until normal braking oper-ation returns.

E110600AUN

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is no high-er than the bottom of the wheel hub.Drive through any water slowly. Allowadequate stopping distance becausebrake performance may be affected.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them severaltimes while the vehicle is moving slowly.

1JBB3303


425

E110700AUN

Highway drivingTires Adjust the tire inflation pressures tospecification. Low tire inflation pressureswill result in overheating and possiblefailure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires whichmay result in reduced traction or tire fail-ure.

✽✽ NOTICENever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engine oilHigh speed travel consumes more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget tocheck both the engine coolant andengine oil.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt may over-heat the engine.

WARNING• Underinflated or overinflated

tires can cause poor handling,loss of vehicle control, and sud-den tire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and even death.Always check the tires for properinflation before driving. For prop-er tire pressures, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 8.

• Driving on tires with no or insuffi-cient tread is dangerous. Worn-out tires can result in loss ofvehicle control, collisions, injury,and even death. Worn-out tiresshould be replaced as soon aspossible and should never beused for driving. Always checkthe tire tread before driving yourvehicle. For further informationand tread limits, refer to “Tiresand wheels” in section 7.

5 43


E120000ASA

Severe weather conditions in the winterresult in greater wear and other prob-lems. To minimize the problems of winterdriving, you should follow these sugges-tions:

E120100AUN-EC

Snowy or Icy conditionsTo drive your vehicle in deep snow, it maybe necessary to use snow tires on yourtires. If snow tires are needed, it is nec-essary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type of the original equipment tires.Failure to do so may adversely affect thesafety and handling of your car.Furthermore, speeding, rapid accelera-tion, sudden brake applications, andsharp turns are potentially very haz-ardous practices.During deceleration, use engine brakingto the fullest extent. Sudden brake appli-cations on snowy or icy roads may causeskids. You need to keep sufficient dis-tance between the vehicle in operation infront and your vehicle. Also, apply thebrake gently.

E120101AUN

Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,make sure they are radial tires of thesame size and load range as the originaltires. Mount snow tires on all four wheelsto balance your vehicle’s handling in allweather conditions. Keep in mind that thetraction provided by snow tires on dryroads may not be as high as your vehi-cle's original equipment tires. You shoulddrive cautiously even when the roads areclear. Check with the tire dealer for max-imum speed recommendations.

Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local, state and municipal regu-lations for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

WINTER DRIVING

WARNING - Snow tire sizeSnow tires should be equivalent insize and type to the vehicle's stan-dard tires. Otherwise, the safetyand handling of your vehicle maybe adversely affected.

1JBB3305


445

E120200AUN

Use high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the coolingsystem. It is the only type of coolant thatshould be used because it helps preventcorrosion in the cooling system, lubri-cates the water pump and preventsfreezing. Be sure to replace or replenishyour coolant in accordance with themaintenance schedule in section 7.Before winter, have your coolant tested toassure that its freezing point is sufficientfor the temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

E120300AUN

Check battery and cablesWinter puts additional burdens on thebattery system. Visually inspect the bat-tery and cables as described in section7. The level of charge in your battery canbe checked by an authorized KIA dealeror a service station.

E120400BUN

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some climates it is recommended thata lower viscosity "winter weight" oil beused during cold weather. See section 8for recommendations. If you aren't surewhat weight oil you should use, consultan authorized KIA dealer.

E120500AUN

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect your spark plugs as described insection 7 and replace them if necessary.Also check all ignition wiring and compo-nents to be sure they are not cracked,worn or damaged in any way.

E120600AUN

To keep locks from freezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squirt anapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine intothe key opening. If a lock is covered withice, squirt it with an approved de-icingfluid to remove the ice. If the lock isfrozen internally, you may be able to thawit out by using a heated key. Handle theheated key with care to avoid injury.

E120700AUN

Use approved window washeranti-freeze in systemTo keep the water in the window washersystem from freezing, add an approvedwindow washer anti-freeze solution inaccordance with instructions on the con-tainer. Window washer anti-freeze isavailable from an authorized KIA dealerand most auto parts outlets. Do not useengine coolant or other types of anti-freeze as these may damage the paintfinish.

5 45


E120800APB

Don't let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engaged position.This is most likely to happen when thereis an accumulation of snow or ice aroundor near the rear brakes or if the brakesare wet. If there is a risk the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporar-ily while you put the shift lever in P (auto-matic transaxle) or in first or reverse gear(manual transaxle) and block the rearwheels so the vehicle cannot roll. Thenrelease the parking brake.

E120900AHM

Don't let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow and icecan build up under the fenders and inter-fere with the steering. When driving insevere winter conditions where this mayhappen, you should periodically checkunderneath the vehicle to be sure themovement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.

E121000ASA-EC

Carry emergency equipmentDepending on the severity of the weath-er you should carry appropriate emer-gency equipment. Some of the items youmay want to carry include tow straps orchains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, ablanket, etc.

E14000ABH

We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

TRAILER TOWING


465

E150100AUN

Tire and loading information labelThe label located on the driver's doorsill gives the original tire size, coldtire pressures recommended for yourvehicle, the number of people thatcan be in your vehicle and vehiclecapacity weight.

E150101AAM

Vehicle capacity weight:385 kg (849 lbs.)

Vehicle capacity weight is the maxi-mum combined weight of occupantsand cargo. If your vehicle is equippedwith a trailer, the combined weightincludes the tongue load.

E150102AAM

Seating capacity:Total : 5 persons

(Front seat : 2 persons, Rear seat : 3 persons)

Seating capacity is the maximumnumber of occupants including adriver, your vehicle may carry.However, the seating capacity maybe reduced based upon the weight ofall of the occupants, and the weightof the cargo being carried or towed.Do not overload the vehicle as thereis a limit to the total weight, or loadlimit including occupants and cargo,the vehicle can carry.

OTD050030N

OTD050031N

OTD050032N

VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT

5 47


E150103AAM

Towing capacity:We do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.

E150104AUN

Cargo capacity:The cargo capacity of your vehiclewill increase or decrease dependingon the weight and the number ofoccupants and the tongue load, ifyour vehicle is equipped with a trailer.

E150105AUN-C1

Steps for determining correct loadlimit1. Locate the statement "The com-

bined weight of occupants andcargo should never exceed XXXkg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle'splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe "XXX" amount equals 385 kg(849 lbs.), and there will be five 68kg (150 lbs.) passengers in yourvehicle, the amount of availablecargo and luggage load capacityis 45 kg (99 lbs.).(385-340 (5 x 68) = 45 kg or 849-750 (5 x 150) = 99 lbs.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loadedon the vehicle. That weight maynot safely exceed the availablecargo and luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trail-er, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

✽✽ NOTICEWe do not recommend using thisvehicle for trailer towing.


485

C190F03JM

Item Description Total

AVehicle Capacity 385 kg

Weight (849 lbs)Subtract Occupant

B Weight 365 kg

73 kg (161 lbs) × 5(805 lbs)

CAvailable Cargo and 20 kg

Luggage weight (44 lbs)

A B C

Example 3

C190F02JM




B Weight 340 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 5(750 lbs)



A B C

Example 2

C190F01JM




B Weight 136 kg

68 kg (150 lbs) × 2(300 lbs)



Example 1

A B C

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weightand seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle'scapacity weight.

5 49


E150200AUN

Certification labelThe certification label is located onthe driver's door sill at the center pil-lar.This label shows the maximumallowable weight of the fully loadedvehicle. This is called the GVWR(Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). TheGVWR includes the weight of thevehicle, all occupants, fuel andcargo.This label also tells you the maxi-mum weight that can be supportedby the front and rear axles, calledGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).

To find out the actual loads on yourfront and rear axles, you need to goto a weigh station and weigh yourvehicle.Your dealer can help you withthis. Be sure to spread out your loadequally on both sides of the center-line.

The label will help you decide howmuch cargo and installed equipmentyour vehicle can carry.

If you carry items inside your vehicle- like suitcases, tools, packages, oranything else - they are moving asfast as the vehicle. If you have to stopor turn quickly, or if there is a crash,the items will keep going and cancause an injury if they strike the driv-er or a passenger.

OEN056020

WARNING - Over loading• Never exceed the GVWR for

your vehicle, the GAWR foreither the front or rear axleand vehicle capacity weight.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage.You can calculate theweight of your load by weigh-ing the items (or people)before putting them in thevehicle. Be careful not to over-load your vehicle.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Do not load your vehicle any

heavier than the GVWR, eitherthe maximum front or rearGAWR and vehicle capacityweight. If you do, parts,including tires on your vehiclecan break, and it can changethe way your vehicle handlesand braking ability. This couldcause you to lose control andcrash. Also, overloading canshorten the life of your vehi-cle.


505

WARNING• Overloading your vehicle can

cause heat buildup in yourvehicle's tires and possibletire failure that could lead to acrash.

• Overloading your vehicle cancause increased stopping dis-tances that could lead to acrash.

• A crash resulting from poorhandling vehicle damage, tirefailure, or increased stoppingdistances could result in seri-ous injury or death.

WARNING - Loose cargoItems you carry inside yourvehicle can strike and injureoccupants in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash.• Put items in the cargo area of

your vehicle. Try to spread theweight evenly.

• Never stack items, like suit-cases, inside the vehicleabove the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecuredchild restraint in your vehicle.

• When you carry somethinginside the vehicle, secure it.

• Do not drive with a seat foldeddown unless necessary.

CAUTION• Overloading your vehicle may

cause damage. Repairs wouldnot be covered by your war-ranty. Do not overload yourvehicle.

• Using heavier suspensioncomponents to get addeddurability might not changeyour weight ratings. Ask yourdealer to help you load yourvehicle the right way.

5 51


E160000AUN

This section will guide you in the properloading of your vehicle and/or trailer, tokeep your loaded vehicle weight within itsdesign rating capability, with or without atrailer. Properly loading your vehicle willprovide maximum return of the vehicledesign performance. Before loading yourvehicle, familiarize yourself with the fol-lowing terms for determining your vehi-cle's weight ratings, with or without atrailer, from the vehicle's specificationsand the compliance label:

E160100AUN

Base curb weight This is the weight of the vehicle includinga full tank of fuel and all standard equip-ment. It does not include passengers,cargo, or optional equipment.

E160200AUN

Vehicle curb weightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your dealerplus any aftermarket equipment.

E160300AUN

Cargo weightThis figure includes all weight added tothe Base Curb Weight, including cargoand optional equipment.

E160400AUN

GAW (Gross axle weight)This is the total weight placed on eachaxle (front and rear) - including vehiclecurb weight and all payload.

E160500AUN

GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weightthat can be carried by a single axle (frontor rear). These numbers are shown onthe compliance label.The total load on each axle must neverexceed its GAWR.

E160600AUN

GVW (Gross vehicle weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plus actualCargo Weight plus passengers.

E160700AUN-EU

GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating)This is the maximum allowable weight ofthe fully loaded vehicle (including alloptions, equipment, passengers andcargo). The GVWR is shown on the cer-tification label located on the driver’sdoor sill.

VEHICLE WEIGHT

6

Road warning / 6-2

In case of an emergency while driving / 6-2

If the engine will not start / 6-3

Emergency starting / 6-4

If the engine overheats / 6-6

If you have a flat tire / 6-7

Towing / 6-15



26

ROAD WARNING

F010100AUN

Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher serves as awarning to other drivers to exerciseextreme caution when approaching,overtaking, or passing your vehicle.

It should be used whenever emergencyrepairs are being made or when the vehi-cle is stopped near the edge of a road-way.Depress the flasher switch with the igni-tion switch in any position. The flasherswitch is located in the center consoleswitch panel. All turn signal lights willflash simultaneously.

• The hazard warning flasher operateswhether your vehicle is running or not.

• The turn signals do not work when thehazard flasher is on.

• Care must be taken when using thehazard warning flasher while the vehi-cle is being towed.

F020100AUN-EU

If the engine stalls at a crossroador crossingIf the engine stalls at a crossroad orcrossing, set the shift lever in the N(Neutral) position and then push the vehi-cle to a safe place.

F020200APB

If you have a flat tire while drivingIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:1.Take your foot off the accelerator pedal

and let the vehicle slow down whiledriving straight ahead. Do not apply thebrakes immediately or attempt to pulloff the road as this may cause a loss ofcontrol. When the vehicle has sloweddown to such a speed that it is safe todo so, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far as possi-ble and park on a firm level ground. Ifyou are on a divided highway, do notpark in the median area between thetwo traffic lanes.

2.When the vehicle is stopped, turn onyour emergency hazard flashers, setthe parking brake and put the transaxlein P (automatic transaxle) or reverse(manual transaxle).

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYWHILE DRIVING

OTD061001N

6 3


3.Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out on theside of the vehicle that is away fromtraffic.

4.When changing a flat tire, follow theinstruction provided later in this sec-tion.

F020300AHM

If engine stalls while driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping

a straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your

vehicle will not start, contact anauthorized KIA dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

F030100APB

If the engine doesn't turn over orturns over slowly1. If your vehicle has an automatic

transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emer-gency brake is set.

2. Check the battery connections to besure they are clean and tight.

3. Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operate thestarter, the battery is discharged.

4. Check the starter connections to besure they are securely tightened.

5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. See instructions for "Jump starting".

F030200AHM

If engine turns over normally butdoes not start1. Check fuel level.2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK

position, check all connectors at theignition coil and spark plugs.Reconnect any that may be discon-nected or loose.

3. Check the fuel line in the engine com-partment.

4. If the engine still does not start, call anauthorized KIA dealer or seek otherqualified assistance.

IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

WARNINGIf the engine will not start, do notpush or pull the vehicle to start it.This could result in a collision orcause other damage. In addition,push or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to overload andcreate a fire hazard.


46

EMERGENCY STARTING

F040000AUN

Connect cables in numerical order anddisconnect in reverse order.

F040100AHM-U1

Jump starting Jump starting can be dangerous if doneincorrectly. Therefore, to avoid harm toyourself or damage to your vehicle orbattery, follow these jump starting proce-dures. If in doubt, we strongly recom-mend that you have a competent techni-cian or towing service jump start yourvehicle.

CAUTIONUse only a 12-volt jumper system.You can damage a 12-volt startingmotor, ignition system, and otherelectrical parts beyond repair byuse of a 24-volt power supply (eithertwo 12-volt batteries in series or a24-volt motor generator set).

WARNING - Battery• Keep all flames or sparks away

from the battery. The battery pro-duces hydrogen gas which mayexplode if exposed to flame orsparks.If these instructions are not fol-lowed exactly, serious personalinjury and damage to the vehiclemay occur! If you are not surehow to follow this procedure,seek qualified assistance.Automobile batteries contain sul-furic acid. This is poisonous andhighly corrosive. When jumpstarting, wear protective glassesand be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on thevehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump start thevehicle if the discharged batteryis frozen or if the electrolyte levelis low; the battery may rupture orexplode.

WARNING - BatteryNever attempt to check the elec-trolyte level of the battery as thismay cause the battery to rupture orexplode causing serious injury.

1VQA4001

Discharged battery

Jumper Cables

Booster battery

(-)

(+)

(+)(-)

6 5


F040101AUN

Jump starting procedure 1. Make sure the booster battery is 12-

volt and that its negative terminal isgrounded.

2. If the booster battery is in anothervehicle, do not allow the vehicles totouch.

3. Turn off all unnecessary electricalloads.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the exactsequence shown in the illustration.First connect one end of a jumpercable to the positive terminal of thedischarged battery (1), then connectthe other end to the positive terminalon the booster battery (2).Proceed to connect one end of theother jumper cable to the negative ter-minal of the booster battery (3), thenthe other end to a solid, stationary,metallic point (for example, the enginelifting bracket) away from the battery(4). Do not connect it to or near anypart that moves when the engine iscranked.

Do not allow the jumper cables to con-tact anything except the correct batteryterminals or the correct ground. Do notlean over the battery when makingconnections.

5. Start the engine of the vehicle with thebooster battery and let it run at 2,000rpm, then start the engine of the vehi-cle with the discharged battery.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent, you should have your vehi-cle checked by an authorized KIA dealer.

F040200AUN

Push-starting Your manual transaxle-equipped vehicleshould not be push-started because itmight damage the emission control sys-tem.Vehicles equipped with automatictransaxle cannot be push-started.Follow the directions in this section forjump-starting.

WARNINGNever tow a vehicle to start itbecause the sudden surge forwardwhen the engine starts could causea collision with the tow vehicle.

CAUTION - Battery cablesDo not connect the jumper cablefrom the negative terminal of thebooster battery to the negative ter-minal of the discharged battery.This can cause the discharged bat-tery to overheat and crack, releas-ing battery acid.


66

IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSF050000ATD

If your temperature gauge indicates over-heating, you will experience a loss ofpower, or hear loud pinging or knocking,the engine is probably too hot. If this hap-pens, you should:

1. Pull off the road and stop as soon as itis safe to do so.

2. Place the shift lever in P (automatictransaxle) or neutral (manualtransaxle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is on, turn it off.

3. If engine coolant is running out underthe vehicle or steam is coming outfrom underneath the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood until thecoolant has stopped running or thesteaming has stopped. If there is novisible loss of engine coolant and nosteam, leave the engine running andcheck to be sure the engine coolingfan is operating. If the fan is not run-ning, turn the engine off.

4. Check to see if the water pump drivebelt is missing. If it is not missing,check to see that it is tight. If the drivebelt seems to be satisfactory, check forcoolant leaking from the radiator,hoses or under the vehicle. (If the airconditioning had been in use, it is nor-mal for cold water to be draining fromit when you stop).

5. If the water pump drive belt is brokenor engine coolant leaks, stop theengine immediately and call the near-est authorized KIA dealer for assis-tance.

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the engine tem-perature has returned to normal. Then,if coolant has been lost, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir to bring thefluid level in the reservoir up to thehalfway mark.

7.Proceed with caution, keeping alert forfurther signs of overheating. If over-heating happens again, call an author-ized KIA dealer for assistance.

CAUTIONSerious loss of coolant indicatesthere is a leak in the cooling systemand this should be checked as soonas possible by an authorized KIAdealer.

WARNINGWhile the engine is running, keephair, hands and clothing away frommoving parts such as the fan anddrive belts to prevent injury.

WARNINGDo not remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. This canallow coolant to be blown out of theopening and cause serious burns.

6 7


IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

F070100ATD

Jack and toolsThe spare tire, jack, jack handle andwheel lug nut wrench are stored inthe luggage compartment.Remove the luggage under tray outof the way to reach the equipment.(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel lug nut wrench

F070101APB

Jacking instructions The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.To prevent the jack from “rattling”while the vehicle is in motion, store itproperly.Follow jacking instructions to reducethe possibility of personal injury.

OTD069002L

WARNING - Changing tires• Never attempt vehicle repairs

in the traffic lanes of a publicroad or highway.

• Always move the vehicle com-pletely off the road and ontothe shoulder before trying tochange a tire. The jack shouldbe used on firm level ground.If you cannot find a firm levelplace off the road, call a tow-ing service company forassistance.

• Be sure to use the correctfront and rear jacking posi-tions on the vehicle; neveruse the bumpers or any otherpart of the vehicle for jacksupport.

(Continued)


86

F070200AFD

Removing and storing the sparetire Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise.Store the tire in the reverse order ofremoval.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom “rattling” while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

F070300ATD-EU

Changing tires 1. Park on a level surface and apply

the parking brake firmly.2. Shift the shift lever into R

(Reverse) for manual transaxle orP (Park) for automatic transaxle.

3. Activate the hazard warning flash-er.

ONF068004

(Continued)• The vehicle can easily roll off

the jack causing seriousinjury or death. No personshould place any portion oftheir body under a vehicle thatis supported only by a jack;use vehicle support stands.

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Make sure any children pres-ent are in a secure place awayfrom the road and from thevehicle to be raised with thejack.

OED066033

6 9


4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

5. Block both the front and rear of thewheel that is diagonally oppositethe jack position.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each, but donot remove any nut until the tirehas been raised off the ground.

1JBA6504 OTD069008

WARNING - Changing a tire• To prevent vehicle movement

while changing a tire, alwaysset the parking brake fully,and always block the wheeldiagonally opposite the wheelbeing changed.

• We recommend that thewheels of the vehicle bechocked, and that no personremain in a vehicle that isbeing jacked.


106

7. Place the jack at the front or rearjacking position closest to the tireyou are changing. Place the jackat the designated locations underthe frame. The jacking positionsare plates welded to the framewith two tabs and a raised dot toindex with the jack.

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire just clears theground. This measurement isapproximately 30 mm (1 in). Beforeremoving the wheel lug nuts, makesure the vehicle is stable and thatthere is no chance for movement orslippage.

9. Loosen the wheel nuts andremove them with your fingers.Slide the wheel off the studs andlay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the wheel on the hub, pick upthe spare tire, line up the holeswith the studs and slide the wheelonto them. If this is difficult, tip thewheel slightly and get the top holein the wheel lined up with the topstud. Then jiggle the wheel backand forth until the wheel can beslid over the other studs.

WARNING - Jack locationTo reduce the possibility ofinjury, be sure to use only thejack provided with the vehicleand in the correct jack position;never use any other part of thevehicle for jack support.

1JBA6025 OTD069012

6 11


10. To install the wheel, hold it on thestuds, put the wheel nuts on thestuds and tighten them fingertight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it iscompletely seated, then tightenthe nuts as much as possiblewith your fingers again.

11. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the wheel nut wrenchcounterclockwise.

Then position the wrench as shown inthe drawing and tighten the wheel nuts.Be sure the socket is seated complete-ly over the nut. Do not stand on thewrench handle or use an extensionpipe over the wrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening everynut following the numerical sequenceshown in the image until they are tight.Then double-check each nut for tight-ness. After changing the wheels, havean authorized KIA dealer tighten thewheel nuts to their proper torque assoon as possible.Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)

OTD069009

WARNINGWheels and wheel covers mayhave sharp edges. Handle themcarefully to avoid possiblesevere injury. Before putting thewheel into place, be sure thatthere is nothing on the hub orwheel (such as mud, tar, gravel,etc.) that prevents with thewheel from fitting solidlyagainst the hub.If there is, remove it. If the con-tact of the mounting surfacebetween the wheel and hub isnot good the wheel nuts couldcome loose and cause the lossof a wheel. Loss of a wheel mayresult in loss of control of thevehicle. This may cause seriousinjury or death.


126

If you have a tire gauge, remove thevalve cap and check the air pressure.If the pressure is lower than recom-mended, drive slowly to the nearestservice station and inflate to the cor-rect pressure. If it is too high, adjustit until it is correct. Always reinstallthe valve cap after checking oradjusting the tire pressure. If the capis not replaced, air may leak from thetire. If you lose a valve cap, buyanother and install it as soon as pos-sible.After you have changed wheels,always secure the flat tire in its placeand return the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

To prevent the jack, jack handle,wheel lug nut wrench and spare tirefrom rattling while the vehicle is inmotion, store them properly.

CAUTIONYour vehicle has metric threadson the wheel studs and nuts.Make certain during wheelremoval that the same nuts thatwere removed are reinstalled -or, if replaced, that nuts withmetric threads and the samechamfer configuration are used.Installation of a non-metricthread nut on a metric stud orvice-versa will not secure thewheel to the hub properly andwill damage the stud so that itmust be replaced.Note that most lug nuts do nothave metric threads. Be sure touse extreme care in checkingfor thread style before installingaftermarket lug nuts or wheels.If in doubt, consult an author-ized KIA dealer.

WARNING - Wheel studsIf the studs are damaged, theymay lose their ability to retainthe wheel.This could lead to theloss of the wheel and a collisionresulting in serious injuries.

WARNING - Inadequatespare tire pressure

Check the inflation pressures assoon as possible after installingthe spare tire. Adjust it to thespecified pressure, if necessary.Refer to “Tires and wheels” insection 8.

6 13


F070301AUN-EC

Important - use of compact spare tire(if equipped)Your vehicle is equipped with a com-pact spare tire. This compact sparetire takes up less space than a regu-lar-size tire. This tire is smaller than aconventional tire and is designed fortemporary use only.

The compact spare should be inflat-ed to 420 kPa (60 psi).

✽✽ NOTICECheck the inflation pressure afterinstalling the spare tire. Adjust it tothe specified pressure, as necessary.

When using a compact spare tire,observe the following precautions:• Under no circumstances should

you exceed 80 km/h (50 mph); ahigher speed could damage thetire.

• Ensure that you drive slowlyenough for the road conditions toavoid all hazards. Any road hazard,such as a pothole or debris, couldseriously damage the compactspare.

• Any continuous road use of this tirecould result in tire failure, loss ofvehicle control, and possible per-sonal injury.

• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maxi-mum load rating or the load-carry-ing capacity shown on the sidewallof the compact spare tire.

• Avoid driving over obstacles. Thecompact spare tire diameter issmaller than the diameter of a con-ventional tire and reduces theground clearance approximately 25 mm (1 inch), which could resultin damage to the vehicle.

CAUTION• You should drive carefully

when the compact spare is inuse. The compact spareshould be replaced by theproper conventional tire andrim at the first opportunity.

• The operation of this vehicleis not recommended withmore than one compact sparetire in use at the same time.

WARNINGThe compact spare tire is foremergency use only. Do notoperate your vehicle on thiscompact spare at speeds over80 km/h (50 mph). The originaltire should be repaired orreplaced as soon as is possibleto avoid failure of the sparepossibly leading to personalinjury or death.


146

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• The compact spare tire should notbe installed on the front axle if thevehicle must be driven in snow oron ice.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire’s tread lifeis shorter than a regular tire.Inspect your compact spare tireregularly and replace worn com-pact spare tires with the same sizeand design, mounted on the samewheel.

• The compact spare tire should notbe used on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snow tires,wheel covers or trim rings be usedwith the compact spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage tothese items or other car compo-nents may occur.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

6 15


TOWING

F080100ATD-EU

Towing serviceIf emergency towing is necessary, werecommend having it done by an author-ized KIA dealer or a commercial tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towingprocedures are necessary to preventdamage to the vehicle. The use of wheeldollies or flatbed is recommended.For trailer towing guidelines information,refer to “Trailer towing” in section 5.

It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with therear wheels on the ground (without dol-lies) and the front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or suspen-sion components are damaged or thevehicle is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, use a towing dollyunder the front wheels.When being towed by a commercial towtruck and wheel dollies are not used, thefront of the vehicle should always be lift-ed, not the rear.

OMC045012

OTD069010

OBH068015

CAUTION• Do not tow the vehicle backwards

with the front wheels on theground as this may cause dam-age to the vehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-type equip-ment. Use wheel lift or flatbedequipment.

dolly


166

When towing your vehicle in an emer-gency without wheel dollies :1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC posi-

tion.2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

F080300ATD-EU

Emergency towingIf towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by an authorizedKIA dealer or a commercial tow truckservice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tem-porarily towed using a cable or chainsecured to the emergency towing hookunder the front (or rear) of the vehicle.Use extreme caution when towing thevehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle tosteer it and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard-surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, power train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a

vehicle out of mud, sand or other con-ditions from which the vehicle cannotbe driven out under its own power.

• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than thevehicle doing the towing.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other frequent-ly.

CAUTIONFailure to place the transaxle shiftlever in N (Neutral) may cause inter-nal damage to the transaxle.

OHD066005

OMG065013

Front

Rear (if equipped)

6 17


• Before emergency towing, check thatthe hook is not broken or damaged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadilywith even force.

• To avoid damaging the hook, do notpull from the side or at a vertical angle.Always pull straight ahead.

• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a white or redcloth (about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) inthe middle of the strap for easy visibili-ty.

• Drive carefully so that the towing strapis not loosened during towing.

CAUTION• Attach a towing strap to the tow-

ing hook.• Using a portion of the vehicle

other than the tow hooks for tow-ing may damage the body of yourvehicle.

• Use only a cable or chain specifi-cally intended for use in towingvehicles. Securely fasten thecable or chain to the towing hookprovided.

WARNING Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle.• Avoid sudden starts or erratic

driving maneuvers which wouldplace excessive stress on theemergency towing hook and tow-ing cable or chain. The hook andtowing cable or chain may breakand cause serious injury or dam-age.

• If the disabled vehicle cannot bemoved, do not forcibly continuethe towing. Contact an authorizedKIA dealer or a commercial towtruck service for assistance.

• Tow the vehicle as straight aheadas possible.

• Keep away from the vehicle dur-ing towing.

OTD069011


186

F080301AUN-EU

Emergency towing precautions• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the

steering wheel isn’t locked.• Place the transaxle shift lever in N

(Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Press the brake pedal with more force

than normal since you will havereduced brake performance.

• More steering effort will be requiredbecause the power steering systemwill be disabled.

• If you are driving down a long hill, thebrakes may overheat and brake per-formance will be reduced. Stop oftenand let the brakes cool off.

F080400ATD

Tie-down hook (for flatbed towing, if equipped)

CAUTION - Automatictransaxle

• If the car is being towed with allfour wheels on the ground, it canbe towed only from the front. Besure that the transaxle is in neu-tral. Be sure the steering isunlocked by placing the ignitionswitch in the ACC position. Adriver must be in the towed vehi-cle to operate the steering andbrakes.

• To avoid serious damage to theautomatic transaxle, limit thevehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph)and drive less than 1.5 km (1mile) when towing.

• Before towing, check the auto-matic transaxle fluid leak underyour vehicle. If the automatictransaxle fluid is leaking, aflatbed equipment or towing dollymust be used.

WARNING Do not use the tie-down hooks fortowing purposes. These hooks aredesigned ONLY for transport tie-down. If the tie-down hooks areused for towing, the tie-down hooksor front bumper will be damagedand this could lead to seriousinjury.

OTD069013N

7

Engine compartment / 7-2Maintenance services / 7-3Owner maintenance / 7-4Maintenance schedule / 7-6Explanation of scheduled maintenance items / 7-21Engine oil / 7-24Engine coolant / 7-25Brake/clutch fluid / 7-28Power steering fluid / 7-29Automatic transaxle fluid / 7-30Washer fluid / 7-30Parking brake / 7-31Air cleaner / 7-31Climate control air filter / 7-32Wiper blades / 7-32Battery / 7-34

Tires and wheels / 7-37Fuses / 7-50Appearance care / 7-59Emission control system / 7-65

Maintenance

Maintenance

27

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Brake/clutch* fluid reservoir

4. Air cleaner

5. Fuse box

6. Positive battery terminal

7. Negative battery terminal

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

9. Radiator cap

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Power steering fluid reservoir*

* : if equipped

OTD071055N-1B010000ATD

* The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

7 3

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE SERVICESG020000AUN

You should exercise the utmost care toprevent damage to your vehicle andinjury to yourself whenever performingany maintenance or inspection proce-dures.Should you have any doubts concerningthe inspection or servicing of your vehi-cle, we strongly recommend that youhave an authorized KIA dealer performthis work.An authorized KIA dealer has factory-trained technicians and genuine KIAparts to service your vehicle properly. Forexpert advice and quality service, see anauthorized KIA dealer.Inadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operational prob-lems with your vehicle that could lead tovehicle damage, an accident, or person-al injury.

G020100AUN-EU

Owner’s responsibility

✽✽ NOTICEMaintenance Service and RecordRetention are the owner's responsibility.

You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been performedon your vehicle in accordance with thescheduled maintenance service chartsshown on the following pages. You needthis information to establish your compli-ance with the servicing and maintenancerequirements of your vehicle warranties.Detailed warranty information is providedin your Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual.Repairs and adjustments required as aresult of improper maintenance or a lackof required maintenance are not covered.We recommend you have your vehiclemaintained and repaired by an author-ized KIA dealer. An authorized KIA deal-er meets KIA’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom KIA in order to provide you with ahigh level of service satisfaction.

G020200ATD

Owner maintenance precautions Improper or incomplete service mayresult in problems. This section givesinstructions only for the maintenanceitems that are easy to perform.As explained earlier in this section, sev-eral procedures can be done only by anauthorized KIA dealer with special tools.

✽✽ NOTICEImproper owner maintenance duringthe warranty period may affect warran-ty coverage. For details, read the sepa-rate Warranty & Consumer Informationmanual provided with the vehicle. Ifyou're unsure about any servicing ormaintenance procedure, have it done byan authorized KIA dealer.

Maintenance

47

G030000AUN

The following lists are vehicle checks andinspections that should be performed bythe owner or an authorized KIA dealer atthe frequencies indicated to help ensuresafe, dependable operation of your vehi-cle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealer assoon as possible.These Owner Maintenance Checks aregenerally not covered by warranties andyou may be charged for labor, parts andlubricants used.

Owner maintenance schedule G030101AHM

When you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in coolant

reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Look for low or under-inflated tires.

WARNING - Maintenancework

• Performing maintenance work ona vehicle can be dangerous. Youcan be seriously injured whileperforming some maintenanceprocedures. If you lack sufficientknowledge and experience or theproper tools and equipment to dothe work, have it done by anauthorized KIA dealer.

• Working under the hood with theengine running is dangerous. Itbecomes even more dangerouswhen you wear jewelry or looseclothing. These can becomeentangled in moving parts andresult in injury. Therefore, if youmust run the engine while work-ing under the hood, make certainthat you remove all jewelry (espe-cially rings, bracelets, watches,and necklaces) and all neckties,scarves, and similar loose cloth-ing before getting near theengine or cooling fans.

OWNER MAINTENANCE

WARNING Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. Scalding hot coolantand steam may blow out underpressure. This could cause burnsor other serious injury.

7 5

Maintenance

G030102ATD

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of the

exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumesin the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice any increased steeringeffort or looseness in the steeringwheel, or change in its straight-aheadposition.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side when trav-eling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in the oper-ation of your transaxle occurs, checkthe transaxle fluid level.

• Check the automatic transaxle P (Park)function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle

(water dripping from the air condition-ing system during or after use is nor-mal).

G030103AHM

At least monthly:• Check the coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turn sig-nals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare.

G030104AHM

At least twice a year (i.e., every Spring and Fall) :• Check the radiator, heater and air con-

ditioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check the windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean the wiperblades with clean cloth dampened withwasher fluid.

• Check the headlight alignment.• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear

and function.• Check for worn tires and loose wheel

lug nuts.

G030105ATD

At least once a year :• Clean the body and door drain holes.• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,

and hood hinges.• Lubricate the door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate the door rubber weather-

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Check the power steering fluid level.• Inspect and lubricate automatic

transaxle linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake/clutch fluid level.

Maintenance

67

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule ifthe vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply. Ifany of the following conditions apply, fol-low Maintenance Under Severe UsageConditions.• Repeated short distance driving.• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy

areas.• Extensive use of brakes.• Driving in areas where salt or other

corrosive materials are being used.• Driving on rough or muddy roads.• Driving in mountainous areas.• Extended periods of idling or low

speed operation.• Driving for a prolonged period in cold

temperatures and/or extremely humidclimates.

• More than 50% driving in heavy citytraffic during hot weather above 32°C(90°F).

If your vehicle is operated under theabove conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than thefollowing Normal Maintenance Schedule.After 120 months or 240,000 km(150,000 miles) continue to follow theprescribed maintenance intervals.

7 7

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULEThe following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep receipts for allvehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both kilometrage and time are shown, the frequency of service is deter-mined by whichever occurs first.

24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 12 months

❑ Rotate tires - including tire pressure and tread wear(Every 12,000 km or 12 months)

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads

❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint

❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)

❑ Replace engine oil and filter (24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)

❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks❑ Add fuel additive *3 (24,000 km (15,000 miles) or 24 months)



❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose


❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free play❑ Add fuel additive *3 (12,000 km (7,500 miles) or 12 months)

*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is rec-ommended. Additives are available from your authorized KIA dealer alongwith information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.

Maintenance

87





❑ Inspect add fuel additive (12,000 or 12 months) *3

❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free play

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)



❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect fuel filter *1

❑ Inspect fuel tank, cap, canister, fuel lines, fuel hoses, connectionsand vapor hose

❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect parking brake


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)



❑ Inspect battery condition❑ Inspect cooling system hoses and connections❑ Inspect clutch (if equipped) and brake pedal free play❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks

*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but peri-odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends onfuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restric-tion, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filterimmediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorizedKIA dealer for details.


7 9

Maintenance

(Continued)

❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)






❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)

(Continued)








❑ Inspect manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)(Every 60,000 km or 48 months)


Maintenance

7










❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect brake fluid / clutch (if equipped) fluid❑ Inspect fuel filter *1


(Continued)

*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free butperiodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized KIA dealer for details.


10

7 11

Maintenance

(Continued)


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect valve clearance *2

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)❑ Replace engine oil and filter

(96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 96 months)

❑ Inspect drive belt *4

(First, 96,000 km or 72 months after every 24,000 km or 24 months)



*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free butperiodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult anauthorized KIA dealer for details.

*2 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-essary.


*4 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reducedexcessively.


Maintenance

127

(Continued)








❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks



❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


(Continued)










7 13

Maintenance

NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 66 months


❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace engine oil and filter (132,000 km (82,500 miles) or 132 months)❑ Inspect add fuel additive (12,000 or 12 months) *3







❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)

(Continued)

(Continued)

❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace engine oil and filter (144,000 km (90,000 miles) or 144 months)





*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free butperiodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule dependson fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flowrestriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuelfilter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an author-ized KIA dealer for details.



Maintenance

147












❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


(Continued)

(Continued)



❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)





15

Maintenance













(Continued)

(Continued)


❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage & boots/lower arm ball joint,

upper arm ball joint❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap❑ Inspect valve clearance *2

❑ Replace air cleaner filter❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)

❑ Replace engine coolant *5 (First, 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or120 months after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)

(Continued)


*2 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if nec-essary.


*5 : When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicleand never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An impropercoolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

7

Maintenance

167








(Continued)








7 17

Maintenance




❑ Inspect air cleaner filter❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections (including booster) ❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)














Maintenance

187






❑ Inspect power steering fluid and lines (if equipped)❑ Inspect power steering pump, belt and hoses (if equipped)❑ Inspect parking brake❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads


❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts❑ Inspect vacuum hose❑ Replace climate control air filter (if equipped)❑ Replace air cleaner filter


(Continued)

(Continued)❑ Replace engine coolant *5 (First, 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or

120 months after every 48,000 km (30,000 miles) or 24 months)






❑ Inspect all latch, hinges and locks


No check, No service required

❑ Automatic transaxle fluid




*5 : When replacing coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicleand never mix hard water in the coolant filled at the factory. An impropercoolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.

7 19

Maintenance

MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chartbelow for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

ENGINE OIL AND FILTER R EVERY 6,000 km OR 6 MONTHSA, B, C, D, E, F,

G, H, I, K

AIR CLEANER FILTER R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SPARK PLUGS R MORE FREQUENTLY B, H

FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS, CALIPERS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

PARKING BRAKE I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, G, H

STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT, UPPER ARM BSALL JOINT

I MORE FREQUENTLY C, D, E, F, G, H, I

DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS I EVERY 12,000 km OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G

Maintenance

207

MAINTENANCE ITEMMAINTENANCE

OPERATIONMAINTENANCE INTERVALS

DRIVING CONDITION

MANUAL TRANSAXLE FLUID* R EVERY 120,000 km A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID* R EVERY 90,000 km A, C, D, E, F, G, H, I

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)

R MORE FREQUENTLY C, E

SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

A - Repeatedly driving shorts distanse of less than 8 km in normal tem-perature or less than 16 km in freezing temperature

B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distancesC - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread

roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very

cold weather

E - Driving in sandy areasF - Driving in heavy traffic area over 32°C (90°F)G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roadH - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rackI - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towingJ - Driving over 170 km/hK - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

* : if equipped

7 21

Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMSG050100AHM

Engine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions, morefrequent oil and filter changes arerequired.

G050200AUN

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil satu-ration and replace if necessary. Drivebelts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted as neces-sary.

G050400ATD

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nections for leakage and damage. Havean authorized KIA dealer replace anydamaged or leaking parts immediately.

G050600AUN

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap shouldbe inspected at those intervals specifiedin the maintenance schedule. Make surethat a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap iscorrectly replaced.

G050700AUN

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evidenceof heat and/or mechanical damage. Hardand brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,abrasions, and excessive swelling indi-cate deterioration. Particular attentionshould be paid to examine those hosesurfaces nearest to high heat sources,such as the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to assure thatthe hoses do not come in contact withany heat source, sharp edges or movingcomponent which might cause heat dam-age or mechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps and cou-plings, to make sure they are secure, andthat no leaks are present. Hoses shouldbe replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.

Maintenance

227

G050800AUN

Air cleaner filterA Genuine KIA air cleaner filter is recom-mended when the filter is replaced.

G050900AUN

Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs ofthe correct heat range.

G051000AHM

Valve clearance (if equipped)Inspect for excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if necessary.An authorized KIA dealer should performthe operation.

G051100AHM

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system components,such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakage anddamage. Replace any damaged parts.

G051200AUN

CoolantThe coolant should be changed at theintervals specified in the maintenanceschedule.

G051300AUN

Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)Inspect the manual transaxle fluidaccording to the maintenance schedule.

Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)Automatic transaxle fluid should not bechecked under normal usage conditions.But in severe conditions, the fluid shouldbe changed at an authorized KIA dealerin accordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this chapter.

✽✽ NOTICEAutomatic transaxle fluid color is basi-cally red. As the vehicle is driven, the automatictransaxle fluid will begin to look darker.This is a normal condition and youshould not judge the need to replace thefluid based upon the changed color.

G051500AUN

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration and anyleakage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts immediately.

G051600AAM

Brake/Clutch (if equipped) fluid Check the brake fluid level in the brakefluid reservoir. The level should bebetween “MIN” and “MAX” marks on theside of the reservoir. Use only hydraulicbrake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT4 specification.

G051700ATD

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake system includ-ing the parking brake lever and cables.

CAUTION - Specified fluidThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

7 23

Maintenance

G051800APA

Rear brake drums and linings(if equipped)Check the rear brake drums and liningsfor scoring, burning, leaking fluid, brokenparts, and excessive wear.

G051900ATD

Brake pads, calipers and rotorsCheck the pads for excessive wear, discsfor run out and wear, and calipers for fluidleakage.

G052100AUN

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connections forlooseness or damage. Retighten to thespecified torque.

G052200AUN

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engine off,check for excessive free-play in thesteering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage.Check the dust boots and ball joints fordeterioration, cracks, or damage.Replace any damaged parts.

G052400AUN

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clampsfor cracks, deterioration, or damage.Replace any damaged parts and, if nec-essary, repack the grease.

G052500AUN

Air conditioning refrigerant (if equipped)Check the air conditioning lines and con-nections for leakage and damage.

G052300AEN

Power steering pump, belt andhoses (if equipped)Check the power steering pump andhoses for leakage and damage. Replaceany damaged or leaking parts immedi-ately. Inspect the power steering belt (ordrive belt) for evidence of cuts, cracks,excessive wear, oiliness and proper ten-sion. Replace or adjust it if necessary.

Maintenance

247

ENGINE OIL

G060100ATD

Checking the engine oil level 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.2. Start the engine and allow it to reach

normal operating temperature.3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few

minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil toreturn to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, andreinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and checkthe level. The level should be betweenF and L.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bringthe level to F. Do not overfill.

Use a funnel to help prevent oil frombeing spilled on engine components.

Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto “Recommended lubricants and capaci-ties” in section 8.)

WARNING - Radiator hoseBe very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it may behot enough to burn you.

OTD079002 OTD079004

CAUTIONDo not overfill the engine oil. It maydamage the engine.

7 25

Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANTG060200AHM

Changing the engine oil and filterHave engine oil and filter changed by anauthorized KIA dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

G070000APB

The high-pressure cooling system has areservoir filled with year-round antifreezecoolant. The reservoir is filled at the fac-tory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant level at least once a year, at thebeginning of the winter season, andbefore traveling to a colder climate.

G070100ATD

Checking the coolant level

WARNINGRemoving radiatorcap

• Never attempt to remove the radi-ator cap while the engine is oper-ating or hot. Doing so might leadto cooling system and enginedamage. Also, hot coolant orsteam could cause serious per-sonal injury.

(Continued)

(Continued)• Turn the engine off and wait until

it cools down. Use extreme carewhen removing the radiator cap.Wrap a thick towel around it, andturn it counterclockwise slowly tothe first stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

• Even if the engine is not operat-ing, do not remove the radiatorcap or the drain plug while theengine and radiator are hot. Hotcoolant and steam may still blowout under pressure, causing seri-ous injury.

WARNINGUsed engine oil may cause skin irri-tation or cancer if left in contactwith the skin for prolonged periodsof time. Used engine oil containschemicals that have caused cancerin laboratory animals. Always pro-tect your skin by washing yourhands thoroughly with soap andwarm water as soon as possibleafter handling used oil.

Maintenance

267

Check the condition and connections ofall cooling system hoses and heaterhoses. Replace any swollen or deterio-rated hoses.The coolant level should be filledbetween F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks onthe side of the coolant reservoir when theengine is cool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughspecified coolant to provide protectionagainst freezing and corrosion. Bring thelevel to F (MAX), but do not overfill. If fre-quent coolant addition is required, see anauthorized KIA dealer for a cooling sys-tem inspection.

G070101AHM-EU

Recommended engine coolant• Use only soft (destilled) water in the

coolant mixture.• The engine in your vehicle has alu-

minum engine parts and must be pro-tected by an ethylene-glycol-basedcoolant to prevent corrosion and freez-ing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the specifiedcoolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or less than35% antifreeze, which would reducethe effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the fol-lowing table.

OTD079050L

-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water

WARNING The electric motor (cool-ing fan) is controlled byengine coolant tempera-ture, refrigerant pres-sure and vehicle speed.

It may sometimes operate evenwhen the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when workingnear the blades of the cooling fanso that you are not injured by arotating fan blades. As the enginecoolant temperature decreases, theelectric motor will automaticallyshut off. This is a normal condition.

7 27

Maintenance

G070200ATD

Changing the coolantHave the coolant changed by an author-ized KIA dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the beginningof this section.

WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator capwhen the engine and radiator arehot. Scalding hot coolant andsteam may blow out under pres-sure causing serious injury.

CAUTIONPut a thick cloth or fabric aroundthe radiator cap before refilling thecoolant in order to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts such as the alternator.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

OTD071007

OTD072007A

■ Type A

■ Type B

Maintenance

287

BRAKE/CLUTCH (IF EQUIPPED) FLUID

G080100AAM

Checking the brake/clutch* fluidlevel Check the fluid level in the reservoir peri-odically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir cap andadding brake/clutch* fluid, clean the areaaround the reservoir cap thoroughly toprevent brake/clutch* fluid contamina-tion.

* if equipped

If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel. The level will fall with accumulatedmileage. This is a normal condition asso-ciated with the wear of the brake liningsand/or clutch disc (if equipped). If thefluid level is excessively low, have thebrake/clutch* system checked by anauthorized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch* fluid.(Refer to “Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

Never mix different types of fluid.

OTD079008

WARNING - Brake/clutch*fluid

When changing and addingbrake/clutch* fluid, handle it care-fully. Do not let it come in contactwith your eyes. If brake/clutch* fluidshould come in contact with youreyes, immediately flush them with alarge quantity of fresh tap water.Have your eyes examined by a doc-tor as soon as possible.

WARNING - Loss ofbrake/clutch* fluid

In the event the brake/clutch* sys-tem requires frequent additions offluid, the vehicle should be inspect-ed by an authorized KIA dealer.

CAUTIONDo not allow brake/clutch* fluid tocontact the vehicle's body paint, aspaint damage will result.Brake/clutch* fluid, which has beenexposed to open air for an extendedtime should never be used as itsquality cannot be guaranteed. Itshould be disposed of properly.Don't put in the wrong kind of fluid.A few drops of mineral-based oil,such as engine oil, in yourbrake/clutch* system can damagebrake/clutch* system parts.

7 29

Maintenance

POWER STEERING FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)

G090100ATD

Checking the power steering fluidlevel With the vehicle on level ground, checkthe fluid level in the power steering reser-voir periodically. The fluid should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir at the normal tem-perature.Before adding power steering fluid, thor-oughly clean the area around the reser-voir cap to prevent power steering fluidcontamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.

In the event the power steering systemrequires frequent addition of fluid, thevehicle should be inspected by anauthorized KIA dealer.

Use only the specified power steeringfluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubricantsor capacities" in section 8.)

G090200AEN

Checking the power steeringhoseCheck the connections for oil leaks, dam-age and twists in the power steeringhose before driving.

CAUTION• To avoid damage to the power

steering pump, do not operate thevehicle for prolonged periodswith a low power steering fluidlevel.

• Never start the engine when thereservoir tank is empty.

• When adding fluid, be careful thatdirt does not get into the tank.

• Too little fluid can result inincreased steering effort and/ornoise from the power steeringsystem.

• The use of the non-specified fluidcould reduce the effectiveness ofthe power steering system andcause damage to it.

OTD079009

Maintenance

307

It is recommended that the automatictransaxle fluid should be checked by anauthorized KIA dealer.In severe conditions, the fluid should bechanged at an authorized KIA dealer inaccordance to the scheduled mainte-nance at the beginning of this chapter.

G120100AUN-U1

Checking the washer fluid level Check the fluid level in the washer fluidreservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plainwater may be used if washer fluid is notavailable. However, use washer solventwith antifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

WARNING - Coolant• Do not use radiator coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir.

• Radiator coolant can severelyobscure visibility when sprayedon the windshield and may causeloss of vehicle control or damageto paint and body trim.

• Windshield washer fluid agentscontain some amounts of alcoholand can be flammable under cer-tain circumstances. Do not allowsparks or flame to contact thewasher fluid or the washer fluidreservoir. Damage to the vehicleor occupants could occur.

• Windshield washer fluid is poi-sonous to humans and animals.Do not drink and avoid contact-ing windshield washer fluid.Serious injury or death couldoccur.

OTD079011

WASHER FLUIDAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFLUID

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified fluidcould result in transaxle malfunc-tion and failure.Use only specified automatictransaxle fluid. (Refer to“Recommended lubricants andcapacities” in section 8.)

7 31

Maintenance

PARKING BRAKE

G140100ATD

Checking the parking brake Check the stroke of the parking brake bycounting the number of “clicks’’ heardwhile fully applying it from the releasedposition. Also, the parking brake aloneshould securely hold the vehicle on a fair-ly steep grade. If the stroke is more orless than specified, have the parkingbrake adjusted by an authorized KIAdealer.

Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

G160100AAM-EC

Filter replacement It must be replaced when necessary, andshould not be washed.You can clean the filter when inspectingthe air cleaner element.Clean the filter by using compressed air.

Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the ele-ment more often than the usual recom-mended intervals.

OTD079014

CAUTION• Do not drive with the air cleaner

removed; this will result in exces-sive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleaner fil-ter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use a KIA genuine part. Use ofnongenuine part could damagethe air flow sensor.

OTD059010

AIR CLEANER

Maintenance

327

G170100AUN-EC

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in severely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads fora long period, it should be inspectedmore frequently and replaced earlier.When you replace the climate control airfilter, replace it performing the followingprocedure, and be careful to avoid dam-aging other components.

G180100AUN

Blade inspection✽✽ NOTICECommercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Contamination of either the windshield orthe wiper blades with foreign matter canreduce the effectiveness of the wind-shield wipers. Common sources of con-tamination are insects, tree sap, and hotwax treatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are not wip-ing properly, clean both the window andthe blades with a good cleaner or milddetergent, and rinse thoroughly withclean water.

1JBA5122CAUTION

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, do not use gasoline,kerosene, paint thinner, or othersolvents on or near them.

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER(IF EQUIPPED)

WIPER BLADES

7 33

Maintenance

G180200AUN

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade-quately, the blades may be worn orcracked, and require replacement.

G180201AUN

Front windshield wiper blade1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper

blade assembly to expose the plasticlocking clip.

2. Compress the clip and slide the bladeassembly downward.

3. Lift it off the arm.4. Install the blade assembly in the

reverse order of removal.

1LDA5023

CAUTIONDo not allow the wiper arm to fallagainst the windshield, since it maychip or crack the windshield.

1JBA7037

1JBA7038

CAUTIONTo prevent damage to the wiperarms or other components, do notattempt to move the wipers manual-ly.

CAUTIONThe use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper malfunc-tion and failure.

Maintenance

347

BATTERY

G190100ATD

For best battery service• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connections

clean, tight, and coated with petroleumjelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from thebattery immediately with a solution ofwater and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to be used foran extended time, disconnect the bat-tery cables.

WARNING - Battery dangers

Always read the followinginstructions carefully whenhandling a battery.

Keep lighted cigarettes andall other flames or sparksaway from the battery.

Hydrogen, a highly com-bustible gas, is alwayspresent in battery cells andmay explode if ignited.

Keep batteries out of thereach of children becausebatteries contain highlycorrosive SULFURIC ACID.Do not allow battery acid tocontact your skin, eyes,clothing or paint finish.

(Continued)

(Continued)

If any electrolyte gets intoyour eyes, flush your eyeswith clean water for at least15 minutes and get immedi-ate medical attention.If electrolyte gets on yourskin, thoroughly wash thecontacted area. If you feel apain or a burning sensa-tion, get medical attentionimmediately.

Wear eye protection whencharging or working near abattery. Always provideventilation when working inan enclosed space.

An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your locallaw(s) or regulation.

(Continued)

OTD079019

Pb

7 35

Maintenance

G190200AUN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged in a

short time (because, for example, theheadlights or interior lights were left onwhile the vehicle was not in use),recharge it by slow charging (trickle)for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load while thevehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

(Continued)The battery contains lead. Donot dispose of it after use.Please return the battery toan authorized KIA dealer tobe recycled.

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat-tery, excessive pressure on thecase may cause battery acid toleak, resulting in personal injury.Lift with a battery carrier or withyour hands on opposite corners.

• Never attempt to recharge thebattery when the battery cablesare connected.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage. Nevertouch these components with theengine running or the ignitionswitched on.

Failure to follow the above warn-ings can result in serious bodilyinjury or death.

CAUTION• When you don’t use the vehicle

for a long time in the low temper-ature area, separate the batteryand keep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fully toprevent battery case damage inlow temperature area.

• If you use unauthorized electron-ic devices, the battery may be dis-charged. Never use unauthorizeddevices.

WARNINGSeparating the battery from thevehicle should be done in anauthorized KIA dealer.

Maintenance

367

G130300ATD

Reset itemsItems should be reset after the batteryhas been discharged or the battery hasbeen disconnected.• Auto down window (See section 4)• Sunroof (See section 4)• Trip computer (See section 4)• Climate control system

(See section 4)• Clock (See section 4)• Audio (See section 4)

(Continued)• Disconnect the battery charger in

the following order.1. Turn off the battery charger main

switch.2. Unhook the negative clamp from

the negative battery terminal.3. Unhook the positive clamp from

the positive battery terminal.• Before performing maintenance

or recharging the battery, turn offall accessories and stop theengine.

• The negative battery cable mustbe removed first and installedlast when the battery is discon-nected.

WARNING - Rechargingbattery

When recharging the battery,observe the following precautions:• The battery must be removed

from the vehicle and placed in anarea with good ventilation.

• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,or flame near the battery.

• Watch the battery during charg-ing, and stop or reduce the charg-ing rate if the battery cells begingassing (boiling) violently or ifthe temperature of the electrolyteof any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).

• Wear eye protection when check-ing the battery during charging.

(Continued)

7 37

Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS G200100AUN

Tire care For proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay withinthe load limits and weight distributionrecommended for your vehicle.

G200200AUN-EU

Recommended cold tire inflationpressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold Tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or driven less thanone mile (1.6 km).Recommended pressures must bemaintained for the best ride, top vehi-cle handling, and minimum tire wear.For recommended inflation pressurerefer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

All specifications (sizes and pres-sures) can be found on a labelattached to the driver’s side centerpillar.

WARNING - Tire underin-flation

Severe underinflation (10 psi(70 kPa) or more) can lead tosevere heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlleading to severe injury ordeath. This risk is much higheron hot days and when drivingfor long periods at high speeds.

OMG055004

Maintenance

387

WARNING - Tire inflationOverinflation or underinflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure. Thiscould result in loss of vehiclecontrol and potential injury.

CAUTION - Tire pressureAlways observe the following:• Check tire pressure when the

tires are cold. (After vehicle hasbeen parked for at least threehours or hasn't been drivenmore than 1.6 km (one mile)since startup.)

• Check the pressure of yourspare tire each time you checkthe pressure of other tires.

• Never overload your vehicle.Be careful not to overload avehicle luggage rack if yourvehicle is equipped with one.

• Worn, old tires can cause acci-dents. If your tread is badlyworn, or if your tires havebeen damaged, replace them.

CAUTION• Underinflation also results in

excessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation also ispossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,have it checked by an author-ized KIA dealer.

• Overinflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread, anda greater possibility of dam-age from road hazards.

CAUTION• Warm tires normally exceed

recommended cold tire pres-sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6psi). Do not release air fromwarm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflated.

• Be sure to reinstall the tireinflation valve caps. Withoutthe valve cap, dirt or moisturecould get into the valve coreand cause air leakage. If avalve cap is missing, install anew one as soon as possible.

7 39

Maintenance

G200300AUN

Checking tire inflation pressureCheck your tires once a month ormore.Also, check the tire pressure of thespare tire.

G200301AUN-EU

How to checkUse a good quality gage to check tirepressure.You can not tell if your tiresare properly inflated simply by look-ing at them. Radial tires may lookproperly inflated even when they'reunderinflated.Check the tire's inflation pressurewhen the tires are cold. - "Cold"means your vehicle has been sittingfor at least three hours or driven nomore than 1.6 km (1 mile).

Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gage firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended amount.If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gage. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. They help preventleaks by keeping out dirt and mois-ture.

WARNING• Inspect your tires frequently

for proper inflation as well aswear and damage. Always usea tire pressure gauge.

• Tires with too much or too lit-tle pressure wear unevenlycausing poor handling, loss ofvehicle control, and suddentire failure leading to acci-dents, injuries, and evendeath.The recommended coldtire pressure for your vehiclecan be found in this manualand on the tire label locatedon the driver's side center pil-lar.

• Worn tires can cause acci-dents. Replace tires that areworn, show uneven wear, orare damaged.

• Remember to check the pres-sure of your spare tire. KIArecommends that you checkthe spare every time youcheck the pressure of theother tires on your vehicle.

Maintenance

407

G200400AUN-EU

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom-mended that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of tire.Replace the tire if you find either ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness.Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section8.

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

✽✽ NOTICERotate radial tires that have anasymmetric tread pattern only fromfront to rear and not from right toleft.

WARNING• Do not use the compact spare

tire for tire rotation.• Do not mix bias ply and radial

ply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that could result in death,severe injury, or propertydamage.

S2BLA790A

CBGQ0707A

Without a spare tire

Directional tires (if equipped)

7 41

Maintenance

G200500AUN

Wheel alignment and tire balance The wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

G200600BHM-EU

Tire replacementIf the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

CAUTIONImproper wheel weights candamage your vehicle's alu-minum wheels. Use onlyapproved wheel weights.

OEN076053

Tread wear indicator WARNING - Replacingtires

To reduce the chance or seriousor fatal injuries from an acci-dent caused by tire failure orloss of vehicle control:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Do not drive your vehicle withtoo little or too much pressurein your tires. This can lead touneven wear and tire failure.

• When replacing tires, nevermix radial and bias-ply tireson the same car. You mustreplace all tires (including thespare) if moving from radial tobias-ply tires.

(Continued)

Maintenance

427

G200601AUN

Compact spare tire replacement A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

G200700BUN-EC

Wheel replacement When replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

(Continued)• Using tires and wheel other

than the recommended sizescould cause unusual handlingcharacteristics and poor vehi-cle control, resulting in a seri-ous accident.

• Wheels that do not meet KIA’sspecifications may fit poorlyand result in damage to thevehicle or unusual handlingand poor vehicle control.

• The ABS works by comparingthe speed of the wheels. Tiresize can affect wheel speed.When replacing tires, all 4tires must use the same sizeoriginally supplied with thevehicle. Using tires of a differ-ent size can cause the ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) andESC (Electronic StabilityControl) (if equipped) to workirregularly.

WARNINGA wheel that is not the correctsize may adversely affect wheeland bearing life, braking andstopping abilities, handlingcharacteristics, ground clear-ance, body-to-tire clearance,speedometer and odometer cal-ibration, headlight aim andbumper height.

7 43

Maintenance

G200800AHM

Tire tractionTire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. Slow down whenever thereis rain, snow or ice on the road, toreduce the possibility of losing con-trol of the vehicle.

G200900AUN

Tire maintenance In addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

G201000AUN

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

G201001AUN

1. Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or Brand name isshown.

G201002ATD

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)P205/55R16 89H

P - Applicable vehicle type (tiresmarked with the prefix “P’’ areintended for use on passengervehicles or light trucks; however,not all tires have this marking).

205 - Tire width in millimeters.55 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.

I030B04JM

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

Maintenance

447

89 - Load Index, a numerical codeassociated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.

Example wheel size designation:6.0JX16

6.0 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

Tire speed ratings The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicles. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire's designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

G201003AHM

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over 6 years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOOThe front part of the DOT means aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1609 representsthat the tire was produced in the 16thweek of 2009.

S 180 km/h (112 mph)T 190 km/h (118 mph)H 210 km/h (130 mph)V 240 km/h (149 mph)Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph)

Maximum SpeedSpeedRatingSymbol

7 45

Maintenance

G201004AEN

4. Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D" means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

G201005AUN

5. Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

G201006AUN

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

G201007ATD-EC

7. Uniform tire quality grading Quality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREADWEAR 440 TRACTION A TEMPERATURE A

Tread wearThe tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.

WARNING - Tire ageTires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, we recommend that tiresbe replaced after approximatelysix (6) years of normal service.Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning can result in suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of control and an acci-dent involving serious injury ordeath.

Maintenance

467

These grades are molded on theside-walls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclesmay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tires ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

Temperature -A, B & C The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

WARNING - Tire temperature

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible suddentire failure. This can cause lossof vehicle control and seriousinjury or death.

WARNING The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

7 47

Maintenance

G201100AAM-EC

Tire terminology and definitionsAir Pressure: The amount of airinside the tire pressing outward on thetire. Air pressure is expressed in kilo-pascal (kPa) or pounds per squareinch (psi).Accessory Weight: This means thecombined weight of optional acces-sories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatictransaxle, power seats, and air con-ditioning.Aspect Ratio: The relationship of atire's height to its width.Belt: A rubber coated layer of cordsthat is located between the plies andthe tread. Cords may be made fromsteel or other reinforcing materials.Bead: The tire bead contains steelwires wrapped by steel cords thathold the tire onto the rim.Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the plies are laid at alternateangles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Tire Pressure: The amount ofair pressure in a tire, measured inkilopascals (kPa) or pounds persquare inch (psi) before a tire hasbuilt up heat from driving.Curb Weight: This means the weightof a motor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil andcoolant, but without passengers andcargo.DOT Markings: The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumeric des-ignator which can also identify thetire manufacturer, production plant,brand and date of production.GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight RatingGAWR FRT: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Front Axle.GAWR RR: Gross Axle WeightRating for the Rear axle.Intended Outboard Sidewall: Theside of an asymmetrical tire, thatmust always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit forair pressure.Load Index: An assigned numberranging from 1 to 279 that corre-sponds to the load carrying capacityof a tire.Maximum Inflation Pressure: Themaximum air pressure to which acold tire may be inflated. The maxi-mum air pressure is molded onto thesidewall.Maximum Load Rating: The loadrating for a tire at the maximum per-missible inflation pressure for thattire.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:The sum of curb weight; accessoryweight; vehicle capacity weight; andproduction options weight.Normal Occupant Weight: Thenumber of occupants a vehicle isdesigned to seat multiplied by 68 kg(150 pounds).Occupant Distribution: Designatedseating positions.

Maintenance

487

Outward Facing Sidewall: The sideof a asymmetrical tire that has a par-ticular side that faces outward whenmounted on a vehicle. The outwardfacing sidewall bears white letteringor bears manufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is higher ordeeper than the same moldings onthe inner facing sidewall.Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tireused on passenger cars and somelight duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.Recommended Inflation Pressure:Vehicle manufacturer's recommend-ed tire inflation pressure and shownon the tire placard.Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire inwhich the ply cords that extend to thebeads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.Rim: A metal support for a tire andupon which the tire beads are seat-ed.Sidewall: The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumericcode assigned to a tire indicating themaximum speed at which a tire canoperate.Traction: The friction between thetire and the road surface. Theamount of grip provided.Tread: The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact with the road.Treadwear Indicators: Narrowbands, sometimes called "wearbars," that show across the tread of atire when only 2/32 inch of treadremains.UTQGS: Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards, a tire informationsystem that provides consumers withratings for a tire's traction, tempera-ture and treadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tire manufacturersusing government testing proce-dures. The ratings are molded intothe sidewall of the tire.Vehicle Capacity Weight: The num-ber of designated seating positionsmultiplied by 68 kg (150 lbs.) plus therated cargo and luggage load.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire: Load on an individual tire due tocurb and accessory weight plusmaximum occupant and cargoweight.Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:Load on an individual tire that isdetermined by distributing to eachaxle its share of the curb weight,accessory weight, and normal occu-pant weight and driving by 2.Vehicle Placard: A label permanent-ly attached to a vehicle showing theoriginal equipment tire size and rec-ommended inflation pressure.

7 49

Maintenance

All season tires KIA specifies all season tires onsome models to provide good per-formance for use all year round,including snowy and icy road condi-tions. All season tires are identifiedby ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mudand Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snowtires have better snow traction thanall season tires and may be moreappropriate in some areas.

Summer tires KIA specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior perform-ance on dry roads. Summer tire per-formance is substantially reduced insnow and ice. Summer tires do nothave the tire traction rating M+S(Mud and Snow) on the tire side wall.if you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions. KIA recom-mends the use of snow tires or allseason tires on all four wheels.

Snow tiresIf you equip your car with snow tires,they should be the same size andhave the same load capacity as theoriginal tires. Snow tires should beinstalled on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 28 kPa (4psi) more air pressure than the pres-sure recommended for the standardtires on the tire label on the driver'sside of the center pillar, or up to themaximum pressure shown on the tiresidewall, whichever is less.Do not drive faster than 120 km/h (75mph) when your vehicle is equippedwith snow tires.

Radial-ply tiresRadial-ply tires provide improved treadlife, road hazard resistance andsmoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are ofbelted construction, and are selectedto complement the ride and handlingcharacteristics of your vehicle. Radial-ply tires have the same load carryingcapacity, as bias-ply or bias belted tiresof the same size, and use the samerecommended inflation pressure.Mixing of radial-ply tires with bias-ply orbias belted tires is not recommended.Any combinations of radial-ply andbias-ply or bias belted tires when usedon the same vehicle will seriously dete-riorate vehicle handling. The best ruleto follow is: Identical radial-ply tiresshould always be used as a set of four.Longer wearing tires can be more sus-ceptible to irregular tread wear. It isvery important to follow the tire rotationinterval shown in this section toachieve the tread life potential of thesetires. Cuts and punctures in radial-plytires are repairable only in the treadarea, because of sidewall flexing.Consult your tire dealer for radial-plytire repairs.

Maintenance

507

FUSES

G210000ATD

A vehicle’s electrical system is protectedfrom electrical overload damage byfuses.

This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one locat-ed in the driver’s side panel bolster, theother in the engine compartment nearthe battery.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, check theappropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse hasblown, the element inside the fuse willmelt.If the electrical system does not work,first check the driver’s side fuse panel.Always replace a blown fuse with one ofthe same rating.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoid usingthe system involved and immediatelyconsult an authorized KIA dealer.Three kinds of fuses are used: blade typefor lower amperage rating, cartridge type,and multi fuse for higher amperage rat-ings.

OHDC078019

Normal

Normal

Blade type

Cartridge type

Multi fuse

Blown

Blown

Normal Blown

WARNING - Fuse replace-ment

• Never replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.

• A higher capacity fuse couldcause damage and possibly afire.

• Never install a wire instead of theproper fuse - even as a temporaryrepair. It may cause extensivewiring damage and a possible fire.

CAUTIONDo not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to remove fusesbecause it may cause a short circuitand damage the system.

7 51

Maintenance

G210100ATD

Instrument panel fuse replacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Open the fuse panel cover.

3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.Use the removal tool provided in theengine compartment fuse panel.

4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if itis blown.

5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

If it fits loosely, consult an authorized KIAdealer.If you do not have a spare, use a fuse ofthe same rating from a circuit you maynot need for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigar lighter fuse.

If the headlights or other electrical com-ponents do not work and the fuses areOK, check the fuse block in the enginecompartment. If a fuse is blown, it mustbe replaced.

OTD079020

Driver’s side panel

OTD079021

Maintenance

527

G210101AUN

Memory fuseYour vehicle is equipped with the memo-ry fuse to prevent battery discharge ifyour vehicle is parked without beingoperated for prolonged periods. Use thefollowing procedures before parking thevehicle for prolonged periods.

1. Turn off the engine.2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and

pull up the memory fuse.

✽✽ NOTICE• If the memory fuse is pulled up from

the fuse panel, the warning chime,audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,will not operate. Some items must bereset after replacement. Refer to“Battery” in this section.

• Even though the memory fuse ispulled up, the battery can still be dis-charged by operation of the head-lights or other electrical devices.

G210200APB

Engine compartment panel fusereplacement1. Turn the ignition switch and all other

switches off.2. Remove the fuse box cover by press-

ing the tap and pulling up the cover.3. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it

is blown. To remove or insert the fuse,use the fuse puller in the engine com-partment fuse panel.

4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.If it fits loosely, consult an authorizedKIA dealer.

OMG065008 OTD079023

7 53

Maintenance

G210201AAM

Multi fuseIf the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn off the engine.2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.3. Remove the fuse panel on the right

side in the engine compartment.4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture

above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one of the

same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

✽✽ NOTICEIf the multi fuse is blown, consult anauthorized KIA dealer.

OTD079025

CAUTIONAfter checking the fuse panel in theengine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. If not,electrical failures may occur fromwater leaking in.

Maintenance

547

✽✽ NOTICENot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to your vehi-cle. It is accurate at the time of printing.When you inspect the fuse box on yourvehicle, refer to the fuse box label.

Engine compartment fuse panel

OTD079026/OTD079027

G210300ATD-EC

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionInside the fuse/relay box covers, you can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relayname and capacity.

Instrument panel fuse panel

7 55

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse panel

Fuse Fuse rating Protected componentSTART 10A Transaxle Range Switch (A/T), Ignition Lock Switch (M/T), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay)

A/CON SW 10A A/C Control Module (Auto A/C), PCMMIRR. HTD 10A Driver/ Passenger Power Outside Mirror (Defogger), A/C Control Module (Rear Defogger SW)

S/HTR 15A Front Seat Warmer LH/RH

A/CON 10AE/R Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay), BCM, Incar Temperature Sensor (Auto), Sunroof Control Module,A/C Control Module

HEAD LAMP 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box (H/LP (HI/LO) Relay), DRL Control ModuleWIPER (FR) 25A Multifunction Switch (Wiper & Washer SW), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Wiper Relay), Front Wiper Motor

DRL 15A DRL Control ModuleFOG LP (RR) 15A -P/WDW DR 25A Power Window Main Switch, Rear Power Window Switch LHD/CLOCK 10A Audio, BCM, Clock, Power Outside Mirror SwitchP/OUTLET 15A Power OutletDR LOCK 20A Sunroof Control Module, ICM Relay Box (Door Lock/Unlock Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay)DEICER 15A ICM Relay Box (Windshield Defogger Relay)STOP LP 15A Stop Lamp Switch, Sport Mode Switch, Key Solenoid

ROOM LP 15ATrunk Room Lamp, BCM, Clock, Instrument Cluster (IND.), Data Link Connector, A/C Control Module,Ignition Key Ill. & Door Warning Switch, Room Lamp, Map Lamp

AUDIO 15A Audio

POWER CONNECTOR

Maintenance

567

Fuse Fuse rating Protected componentTRUNK OPEN 15A Trunk Open Relay

PDM 25A -SAFETY P/WDW 25A -

P/WDW ASS 25A Power Window Main Switch, Passenger Power Window Switch, Rear Power Window Switch RHP/OUTLET 15A Power OutletT/SIG LP 10A Hazard Switch

A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.)CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster (IND.), BCM, Electronic Chromic Mirror, Rheostat, Steering Angle Sensor

A/BAG 15A SRS Control ModuleIGN1-A 15A PDM, EPMESC Switch, EPS Control Module Control Module

HAZARD LP 15A ICM Relay Box (Hazard Relay), Hazard Switch

TAIL LP (RH) 10ARear Combination Lamp (In/Out) RH, Head Lamp RH, Shunt Connector, Passenger Power Window Switch,License Lamp RH (4DR), Illuminations, Rheostat Relay (With DRL)

TAIL LP (LH) 10AHead Lamp LH, Rear Combination Lamp (In/Out) LH, Power Window Main Switch, License Lamp (2DR), License Lamp LH (4DR)

7 57

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Description Fuse rating Protected componentALT 125A Generator, Fuse (MDPS, HTD GLASS, C/FAN, ABS 2, BLOWER, IGN 1, FOG LP (FR), ABS 1)

MDPS 80A EPS Control ModuleABS 2 40A ESC Control Module, ABS Control ModuleC/FAN 40A C/Fan LO/HI Relay

BLOWER 40A Blower RelayHTD GLASS 40A I/P Junction Box (Rear Defogger Relay)

IGN 2 30A Ignition Switch, Start Relay, Button Relay Box (ESCL Relay)

BATT 1 50AI/P Junction Box (Fuse (TAIL LAMP (LH/RH), P/WDW DR, P/WDW ASS, FOG LP (RR)/SSB,SMK, PDM), Tail Lamp Relay, Power Window Relay)

ABS 1 40A ESC Control Module, ABS Control ModuleIGN 1 30A Ignition Switch, Button Relay Box (ESCL Relay (IGN1))

BATT 2 50AI/P Junction Box (Power Connector (AUDIO, ROOM LP LAMP), FUSE (STOP LP, DEICER,HAZARD LP, DR LOCK, TRUNK OPEN))

ECU 30A Engine Control RelayFOG LP (FR) 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, Front Fog Relay, Battery Sensor

H/LP HI 20A H/LP (HI) Relay,HORN 10A Horn Relay

H/LP LO(LH) 10A Head Lamp LHH/LP LO(RH) 10A Head Lamp RH

SPARE 10A -SNSR 3 10A ECM, PCM, Vehicle Speed Sensor, Pulse Generator 'A', Stop Lamp Switch

ABS 10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module, ABS Control ModuleECU 3 15A Ignition Coil (#1~#4), Condenser, PCM

MULTIFUSE

FUSE

Maintenance

587

Description Fuse rating Protected componentB/UP LP 10A Inhibitor Switch, Pulse Generater 'B', Back Up Lamp SwitchSPARE 15A -SPARE 20A -

IGN COIL 20A Condenser (G4KF), Ignition Coil #1~4

SNSR 2 10AOil Control Valve (#1, #2), Camshaft Position Sensor (Intake, Exhaust), F/PUMP Relay, C/FAN LO Relay, Immobilizer Module

ECU 2 10A PCM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Down)

INJECTOR 10AA/CON Relay, Crankshaft Position Sensor, Oxygen Sensor (UP), Injector #1~4, Variable Intake Sensor

SNSR 1 15A PCM, Canister Close ValveECU 1 10A PCMA/CON 10A A/CON Relay

F/PUMP 15A F/FUMP Relay

FUSE

7 59

Maintenance

APPEARANCE CAREExterior careG230101AUN

Exterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warning andcaution statements that appear on thelabel.

G230102BUN

Finish maintenanceWashing To help protect your vehicle’s finish fromrust and deterioration, wash it thoroughlyand frequently at least once a month withlukewarm or cold water.If you use your vehicle for off-road driv-ing, you should wash it after each off-road trip. Pay special attention to theremoval of any accumulation of salt, dirt,mud, and other foreign materials. Makesure the drain holes in the lower edges ofthe doors and rocker panels are keptclear and clean.Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits. A mild soap, safe for use onpainted surfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water. Donot allow soap to dry on the finish.

WARNING - Wet brakesAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

CAUTION• Do not use strong soap, chemical

detergents or hot water, and donot wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing the sidewindows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak through thewindows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

Maintenance

607

WaxingWax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehicle beforewaxing. Use a good quality liquid orpaste wax, and follow the manufacturer’sinstructions. Wax all metal trim to protectit and to maintain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materialswith a spot remover will usually strip thewax from the finish. Be sure to re-waxthese areas even if the rest of the vehicledoes not yet need waxing.

G230103AUN

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quickly rustand may develop into a major repairexpense.

✽✽ NOTICEIf your vehicle is damaged and requiresany metal repair or replacement, be surethe body shop applies anti-corrosionmaterials to the parts repaired orreplaced.

CAUTION• Water washing in the engine com-

partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

OJB037800

CAUTION• Wiping dust or dirt off the body

with a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts. Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

7 61

Maintenance

B230104AUN

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects, use a

tar remover, not a scraper or othersharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metalparts from corrosion, apply a coating ofwax or chrome preservative and rub toa high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal parts witha heavier coating of wax or preserva-tive. If necessary, coat the parts withnon-corrosive petroleum jelly or otherprotective compound.

G230105ASA

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control may col-lect on the underbody. If these materialsare not removed, accelerated rusting canoccur on underbody parts such as thefuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaustsystem, even though they have beentreated with rust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbodyand wheel openings with lukewarm orcold water once a month, after off-roaddriving and at the end of each winter. Payspecial attention to these areas becauseit is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. Itwill do more harm than good to wet downthe road grime without removing it. Thelower edges of the doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holesthat should not be allowed to clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

WARNINGAfter washing the vehicle, test thebrakes while driving slowly to see ifthey have been affected by water. Ifbraking performance is impaired,dry the brakes by applying themlightly while maintaining a slow for-ward speed.

Maintenance

627

G230106AAM

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated with aclear protective finish.• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, pol-

ishing compound, solvent, or wirebrushes on aluminum wheels. Theymay scratch or damage the finish.

• Use only a mild soap or neutral deter-gent, and rinse thoroughly with water.Also, be sure to clean the wheels afterdriving on salted roads. This helps pre-vent corrosion.

• Avoid washing the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

• Do not use any cleaners containingacid or acid detergents. It may damageand corrode the aluminum wheelscoated with a clear protective finish.

G230107AHM

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corrosionBy using the most advanced design andconstruction practices to combat corro-sion, we produces vehicles of the highestquality. However, this is only part of thejob. To achieve the long-term corrosionresistance your vehicle can deliver, theowner's cooperation and assistance isalso required.

Common causes of corrosionThe most common causes of corrosionon your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneath thevehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coatingsby stones, gravel, abrasion or minorscrapes and dents which leave unpro-tected metal exposed to corrosion.

High-corrosion areasIf you live in an area where your vehicleis regularly exposed to corrosive materi-als, corrosion protection is particularlyimportant. Some of the common causesof accelerated corrosion are road salts,dust control chemicals, ocean air andindustrial pollution.

Moisture breeds corrosionMoisture creates the conditions in whichcorrosion is most likely to occur. Forexample, corrosion is accelerated byhigh humidity, particularly when tempera-tures are just above freezing. In suchconditions, the corrosive material is keptin contact with the vehicle surfaces bymoisture that evaporate slowy.Mud is particularly corrosive because itdries slowly and holds moisture in con-tact with the vehicle. Although the mudappears to be dry, it can still retain themoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceleratecorrosion of parts that are not properlyventilated so the moisture can be dis-persed. For all these reasons, it is partic-ularly important to keep your vehicleclean and free of mud or accumulationsof other materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularly tothe underside of the vehicle.

7 63

Maintenance

To help prevent corrosionYou can help prevent corrosion from get-ting started by observing the following:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is tokeep your vehicle clean and free of cor-rosive materials. Attention to the under-side of the vehicle is particularly impor-tant.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area —where road salts are used, near theocean, areas with industrial pollution,acid rain, etc.—, you should take extracare to prevent corrosion. In winter,hose off the underside of your vehicleat least once a month and be sure toclean the underside thoroughly whenwinter is over.

• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,give particular attention to the compo-nents under the fenders and otherareas that are hidden from view. Do athorough job; just dampening the accu-mulated mud rather than washing itaway will accelerate corrosion ratherthan prevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularly effec-tive in removing accumulated mud andcorrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members, besure that drain holes are kept open sothat moisture can escape and not betrapped inside to accelerate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated garage. This creates a favor-able environment for corrosion. This isparticularly true if you wash your vehiclein the garage or drive it into the garagewhen it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage cancontribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finish should becovered with "touch-up" paint as soon aspossible to reduce the possibility of cor-rosion. If bare metal is showing through,the attention of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings are high-ly corrosive and may damage paintedsurfaces in just a few hours. Alwaysremove bird droppings as soon as possi-ble.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floor matsand carpeting and cause corrosion.Check under the mats periodically to besure the carpeting is dry. Use particularcare if you carry fertilizers, cleaningmaterials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in propercontainers and any spills or leaks shouldbe cleaned up, flushed with clean waterand thoroughly dried.

Maintenance

647

Interior careG230201AHM

Interior general precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as per-fume and cosmetic oil from contactingthe dashboard because they may causedamage or discoloration. If they do con-tact the dashboard, wipe them off imme-diately. See the instructions for the prop-er way to clean vinyl.

G230202AUN

Cleaning the upholstery and interiortrim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinylwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.

Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately with afabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do notreceive immediate attention, the fabriccan be stained and its color can beaffected. Also, its fire-resistant propertiescan be reduced if the material is notproperly maintained.

G230203AUN

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt web-bing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for cleaningupholstery or carpet. Follow the instruc-tions provided with the soap. Do notbleach or re-dye the webbing becausethis may weaken it.

G230204AHM

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi-cle become fogged (that is, covered withan oily, greasy or waxy film), they shouldbe cleaned with a glass cleaner. Followthe directions on the glass cleaner con-tainer.

CAUTIONNever allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside thevehicle as this may damage them.

CAUTIONWhen cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions oracid/alkaline detergents, the colorof the leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

CAUTIONUsing anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

CAUTIONDo not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window. This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

7 65

Maintenance

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMG270000AHM-EU

The emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warranty infor-mation contained in the Warranty &Maintenance booklet in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with an emis-sion control system to meet all applicableemission regulations.There are three emission control sys-tems, as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control system(2) Evaporative emission control system(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to assure the proper function ofthe emission control systems, it is rec-ommended that you have your vehicleinspected and maintained by an author-ized KIA dealer in accordance with themaintenance schedule in this manual.

Caution for the Inspection andMaintenance Test (With ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from misfir-

ing during dynamometer testing,turn the Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system off by pressing theESC switch.

• After dynamometer testing is com-pleted, turn the ESC system back onby pressing the ESC switch again.

G270100AUN

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilation sys-tem is employed to prevent air pollutioncaused by blow-by gases being emittedfrom the crankcase. This system suppliesfresh filtered air to the crankcase throughthe air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,which then pass through the PCV valveinto the induction system.

G270200AUN

2. Evaporative emission control(including ORVR: OnboardRefueling Vapor Recovery) system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.(The ORVR system is designed to allowthe vapors from the fuel tank to beloaded into a canister while refueling atthe gas station, preventing the escape offuel vapors into the atmosphere.)

Maintenance

667

G270201AUN

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed in thecanister are drawn into the surge tankthrough the purge control solenoid valve.

G270202AHM

Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is con-trolled by the Engine Control Module(ECM); when the engine coolant temper-ature is low during idling, the PCSV clos-es so that evaporated fuel is not takeninto the engine. After the engine warmsup during ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel to theengine.

G270300AUN

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control System isa highly effective system which controlsexhaust emissions while maintaininggood vehicle performance.

G270301AUN

Vehicle modifications This vehicle should not be modified.Modification of your vehicle could affectits performance, safety or durability andmay even violate governmental safetyand emissions regulations.In addition, damage or performanceproblems resulting from any modificationmay not be covered under warranty.

G270302AUN

Engine exhaust gas precautions(carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present with

other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if yousmell exhaust fumes of any kind insideyour vehicle, have it inspected andrepaired immediately. If you ever sus-pect exhaust fumes are coming intoyour vehicle, drive it only with all thewindows fully open. Have your vehiclechecked and repaired immediately.

WARNING - ExhaustEngine exhaust gases contain car-bon monoxide (CO). Though color-less and odorless, it is dangerousand could be lethal if inhaled.Follow the instructions on thispage to avoid CO poisoning.

7 67

Maintenance

• Do not operate the engine in confinedor closed areas (such as garages) anymore than what is necessary to movethe vehicle in or out of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a short timewith the engine running, adjust theventilation system (as needed) to drawoutside air into the vehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehi-cle for any extended time with theengine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails to start,excessive attempts to restart theengine may cause damage to theemission control system.

G270303AAM

Operating precautions for catalyticconverters (if equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a catalyticconverter emission control device.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gaso-

line engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when there

are signs of engine malfunction, suchas misfire or a noticeable loss of per-formance.

• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.Examples of misuse are coasting withthe ignition off and descending steepgrades in gear with the ignition off.

• Do not operate the engine at high idlespeed for extended periods (5 minutesor more).

• Do not modify or tamper with any partof the engine or emission control sys-tem. All inspections and adjustmentsmust be made by an authorized KIAdealer.

• Avoid driving with a extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thecatalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could void yourwarranties.

WARNING - FireA hot exhaust system can igniteflammable items under your vehi-cle. Do not park, idle or drive thevehicle over or near flammableobjects, such as grass, vegetation,paper, leaves, etc.

Dimensions / 8-2Bulb wattage / 8-2Tires and wheels / 8-3Recommended lubricants and capacities / 8-4Vehicle identification number (VIN) / 8-6Vehicle certification label / 8-6Tire specification and pressure label / 8-7Engine number / 8-7

Specifications & Consumer information 8


28

DIMENSIONSI010000ATD-EU

Light Bulb WattageHeadlights (Low) 55Headlights (High) 55Front turn signal 28Front side marker 8Position light 8Side repeater light* LEDFront fog light* 28Stop and tail light 28/8 or LEDRear turn signal light 27Back-up light 16Rear side marker 8High mounted stop light 16 or LEDLicense plate light 5Front map lamp* 10Center room lamp 10Trunk room lamp* 5

BULB WATTAGEI030000ATD-EU

* : If equipped

*1 : for 2door vehicle only

Item mm (in.)

Overall length 4480 (176.3)

Overall width 1765 (69.4)

Overall height 1400 (55.1)

Front tread 1560/1546*1/1542*2 (61.4/60.9/60.7)

Rear tread 1564/1550*1/1546*2 (61.6/61.0/60.9)

Wheelbase 2650 (104.3)

*1 : P205/55R16 tire*2 : P215/45R17 tire

■■ 2door vehicle

*1 : P205/55R16 tire*2 : P215/45R17 tire

■■ 4door vehicle / 5door vehicle

Item in. (mm)

Overall length4door 4530 (178.3)

5door 4340 (170.9)

Overall width 69.8 (1775)

Overall height 57.4 (1460)

Front tread 61.3/60.7*1/60.6*2 (1557/1543/1539)

Rear tread 61.6/61.0*1/60.9*2 (1564/1550/1546)

Wheelbase 104.3 (2650)

8 3


TIRES AND WHEELSI020000ATD-EU

*1 Normal load : Up to 3 persons*2 High speed : above 160 km/h (100 mph)

Front Rear Front Rear

P195/65R15 5.5J×15 220 220 220 220

P205/55R16 6.0J×16 (32) (32) (32) (32)

420 420 420 420T125/80D15 4.0T×15

(60) (60) (60) (60)

P215/45R17 7.0J×17220 220 220 220

(32) (32) (32) (32)

420 420 420 420T125/80D16 4.0T×16

(60) (60) (60) (60)

Full size tire

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Compact spare tire(if equipped)

Wheel lug nut torque

kg·m (lb·ft, N·m)

9~11

(65~79, 88~107)

ItemTire

sizeWheel size

CAUTIONWhen replacing tires, use the samesize originally supplied with thevehicle.Using tires of a different size candamage the related parts or make itwork irregularly.

Full size tire

Normal speed/load*1 High speed*2/Maximum load

Cold tire inflation pressure kPa (psi)


8

RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES I040000ATD-EC

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correctlubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.

These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume ClassificationEngine oil *1 *2

2.0 Engine 3.9l (4.1 US qt.)(drain and refill, API Service SM*3,with oil filter)

2.4 Engine 4.3l (4.5 US qt.)ILSAC GF-4 or above

Recommends

Manual transaxle fluid2.0 Engine 1.9l (2.0 US qt.)

API GL-4 (SAE 75W-85, fill for life)2.4 Engine 1.8l (1.9 US qt.)

2.0 Engine 6.6l (6.9 US qt.)MICHANG ATF SP-IV

Automatic transaxle fluidSK ATF SP-IV

2.4 Engine 7.6l (8.0 US qt.)NOCA ATF SP-IV

KIA genuine ATF SP-IVPower steering 0.9l (0.9 US qt.) PSF-4

Coolant 6.0l (6.3 US qt.)

Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8l (0.7~0.8 US qt.) FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 52l (13.7 US gal.) -

*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the

amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time,they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

*3 If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.

Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycolbase coolant for aluminum radiator)

4

8 5


I040100ATD-EU

Recommended SAE viscositynumber

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has aneffect on fuel economy and cold weatheroperation (engine start and engine oilflowability). Lower viscosity engine oilscan provide better fuel economy and coldweather performance, however, higherviscosity engine oils are required for sat-isfactory lubrication in hot weather. Usingoils of any viscosity other than those rec-ommended could result in engine dam-age.

When choosing an oil, consider the rangeof temperature your vehicle will be oper-ated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oilviscosity from the chart.CAUTION

Always be sure to clean the areaaround any filler plug, drain plug, ordipstick before checking or drain-ing any lubricant. This is especiallyimportant in dusty or sandy areasand when the vehicle is used onunpaved roads. Cleaning the plugand dipstick areas will prevent dirtand grit from entering the engineand other mechanisms that couldbe damaged.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature

Gasoline Engine Oil *1

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil ofa viscosity grade SAE 5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, ifthe engine oil is not available in your country, select the properengine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.

10W-30

5W-20, 5W-30


68

H010000APB

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isthe number used in registering your vehi-cle and in all legal matters pertaining toits ownership, etc.

H010010AAM

VIN label (if equipped)The VIN is also on a plate attached to thetop of the dashboard. The number on theplate can easily be seen through thewindshield from outside.

H020000AEN

The vehicle certification label attatchedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s) sidecenter pillar gives the vehicle identifica-tion number (VIN).

OMG055002

VEHICLE CERTIFICATIONLABEL

OVQ076002N

VIN Label (if equipped)

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

OHD086001

8 7


H030000APB

The tires supplied on your new vehicleare chosen to provide the best perform-ance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver's sidecenter pillar gives the tire pressures rec-ommended for your vehicle.

H04000AUN

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown in the drawing.

OMG055004OTD089005

ENGINE NUMBERTIRE SPECIFICATION ANDPRESSURE LABEL

kia, the company · kia, the company thank you for ... your dealer has factory-trained...

Documents